75194 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 
10 CFR Part 430 
[Docket Number EERE–2011–BT–STD– 
0043] 
RIN 1904–AC51 
Energy Conservation Program: Energy 
Conservation Standards for Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products 
AGENCY : Office of Energy Efficiency and 
Renewable Energy, Department of Energy. 
ACTION : Direct final rule. 
Synopsis: The Energy Policy and 
Conservation Act of 1975, as amended, established the Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other Than Automobiles. Based on provisions in EPCA that enable the Secretary of Energy to classify additional types of consumer products as covered products, the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) classified miscellaneous refrigeration products as covered consumer products under EPCA. In this direct final rule, DOE is adopting new energy conservation standards for these products that correspond to the recommendations submitted jointly by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view. DOE has determined that the new energy conservation standards for these products would result in significant conservation of energy, and are technologically feasible and economically justified. A notice of proposed rulemaking that proposes identical energy efficiency standards is published elsewhere in this Federal Register. If DOE receives adverse comment and determines that such comment may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal, DOE will withdraw the direct final rule and will proceed with the proposed rule. 
DATES : The effective date of this rule is 
February 27, 2017 unless adverse comment is received by February 15, 2017. If adverse comments are received that DOE determines may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the final rule, a timely withdrawal of this rule will be published in the Federal Register. If no such adverse comments are received, compliance with the new standards established in this direct final rule will be required for miscellaneous refrigeration products as detailed in the 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of 
this document. Compliance with these new standards for miscellaneous refrigeration products is required starting on October 28, 2019. ADDRESSES : Any comments submitted 
must identify the direct final rule for 
Energy Conservation Standards for miscellaneous refrigeration products and provide docket number EERE– 2011–BT–STD–0043 and/or regulatory information number (RIN) 1904–AC51. Comments may be submitted using any of the following methods: 
(1) Federal eRulemaking Portal: 
www.regulations.gov. Follow the 
instructions for submitting comments. 
(2) Email: WineChillers-2011-STD- 
0043@ee.doe.gov. Include the docket 
number and/or RIN in the subject line of the message. Submit electronic comments in WordPerfect, Microsoft Word, PDF, or ASCII file format, and avoid the use of special characters or any form of encryption. 
(3) Postal Mail: Appliance and 
Equipment Standards Program, U.S. Department of Energy, Building Technologies Office, Mailstop EE–5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585–0121. If possible, please submit all items on a compact disc (CD), in which case it is 
not necessary to include printed copies. 
(4) Hand Delivery/Courier: Appliance 
and Equipment Standards Program, U.S. Department of Energy, Building Technologies Office, 950 L’Enfant Plaza SW., 6th Floor, Washington, DC 20024. Telephone: (202) 586–6636. If possible, please submit all items on a CD, in which case it is not necessary to include printed copies. 
No telefacsimilies (faxes) will be 
accepted. For detailed instructions on submitting comments and additional information on the rulemaking process, see section VII of this document (‘‘Public Participation’’). 
Docket: The docket, which includes 
Federal Register notices, public meeting attendee lists and transcripts, comments, and other supporting documents/materials, is available for review at www.regulations.gov. All 
documents in the docket are listed in the www.regulations.gov index. 
However, some documents listed in the index may not be publicly available, such as those containing information that is exempt from public disclosure. 
A link to the docket Web page can be 
found at: https://www.regulations.gov/ docket?D=EERE-2011-BT-STD-0043. This Web page contains a link to the docket for this document on the www.regulations.gov site. The 
www.regulations.gov Web page contains 
simple instructions on how to access all documents, including public comments, in the docket. For further information on how to submit a comment, review other public comments and the docket, or participate in the public meeting, contact the Appliance and Equipment Standards Program Staff at (202) 586– 6636 or by email: appliance_ standards_
public_ meetings@ee.doe.gov. 
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT : 
Joseph Hagerman, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE–5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585–0121. Telephone: (202) 586–4549. Email: refrigerators_ and_ freezers@ee.doe.gov. 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION : 
Table of Contents 
I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule 
A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers 
B. Impact on Manufacturers C. National Benefits and Costs D. Conclusion 
II. Introduction 
A. Authority B. History of Standards Rulemaking for 
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products 
III. General Discussion 
A. Consensus Agreement 1. Background 2. Recommendations B. Compliance Date C. Scope of Coverage D. Product Classes E. Test Procedure F. Technological Feasibility 1. General 2. Maximum Technologically Feasible 
Levels 
G. Energy Savings 1. Determination of Savings 
2. Significance of Savings H. Economic Justification 1. Specific Criteria a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and 
Consumers 
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared to 
Increase in Price (LCC and PBP) 
c. Energy Savings d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of 
Products 
e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition f. Need for National Energy Conservation g. Other Factors 2. Rebuttable Presumption 
IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related 
Comments 
A. Market and Technology Assessment 1. Scope of Coverage a. Coolers b. Combination Cooler Refrigeration 
Products 
c. Ice Makers d. Non-Compressor Refrigerators 2. Product Classes a. Coolers b. Combination Cooler Refrigeration 
Products 
3. Technology Options B. Screening Analysis 1. Screened-Out Technologies 2. Remaining Technologies C. Engineering Analysis 1. Coolers a. Methodology b. Efficiency Levels 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275195 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
1For editorial reasons, upon codification in the 
U.S. Code, Part B was redesignated Part A. 2All references to EPCA in this document refer 
to the statute as amended through the Energy Efficiency Improvement Act of 2015, Public Law 
114–11 (April 30, 2015). c. Manufacturer Production Costs 
2. Combination Cooler Refrigeration 
Products 
a. Methodology b. Efficiency Levels c. Manufacturer Production Costs D. Markups Analysis E. Energy Use Analysis F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period 
Analysis 
1. Product Cost 2. Installation Cost 3. Annual Energy Consumption 4. Energy Prices 5. Maintenance and Repair Costs 6. Product Lifetime 7. Discount Rates 8. Efficiency Distribution in the No-New- 
Standards Case 
9. Payback Period Analysis G. Shipments Analysis H. National Impact Analysis 1. Product Efficiency Trends 2. National Energy Savings 3. Net Present Value Analysis I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis 1. Overview 2. Government Regulatory Impact Model a. Government Regulatory Impact Model 
Key Inputs 
b. Government Regulatory Impact Model 
Scenarios 
3. Manufacturer Interviews K. Emissions Analysis L. Monetizing Carbon Dioxide and Other 
Emissions Impacts 
1. Social Cost of Carbon a. Monetizing Carbon Dioxide Emissions b. Development of Social Cost of Carbon 
Values 
c. Current Approach and Key Assumptions 2. Social Cost of Other Air Pollutants M. Utility Impact Analysis N. Employment Impact Analysis 
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions 
A. Trial Standard Levels 
B. Economic Justification and Energy 
Savings 
1. Economic Impacts on Individual 
Consumers 
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback 2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results b. Impacts on Direct Employment c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden 3. National Impact Analysis a. Significance of Energy Savings b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs 
and Benefits 
c. Indirect Impacts on Employment 4. Impact on Utility or Performance of 
Products 
5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition 6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy 7. Other Factors 8. Summary of National Economic Impacts 9. Conclusion a. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs 
Considered for Coolers 
b. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs 
Considered for Combination Cooler Refrigeration Products 
c. Summary of Annualized Benefits and 
Costs of the Adopted Standards 
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review 
A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866 
and 13563 
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility 
Act 
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction 
Act 
D. Review Under the National 
Environmental Policy Act of 1969 
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates 
Reform Act of 1995 
H. Review Under the Treasury and General 
Government Appropriations Act, 1999 
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 J. Review Under the Treasury and General 
Government Appropriations Act, 2001 
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 L. Review Under the Information Quality 
Bulletin for Peer Review 
M. Congressional Notification 
VII. Public Participation 
A. Submission of Comments B. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment 
VIII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary 
I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule 
Title III, Part B1of the Energy Policy 
and Conservation Act of 1975 (‘‘EPCA’’ 
or in context, ‘‘the Act’’), Public Law 94–163 (42 U.S.C. 6291–6309, as codified), established the Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other Than Automobiles.
2In 
addition to specifying a list of covered residential products and commercial equipment, EPCA contains provisions that enable the Secretary of Energy to classify additional types of consumer products as covered products. (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(20)) In a final determination of coverage published in the Federal Register on July 18, 2016 (the July 2016 
Final Coverage Determination), DOE classified miscellaneous refrigeration products (‘‘MREFs’’) as covered consumer products under EPCA. 81 FR 46768. The MREF category includes refrigeration products such as coolers (e.g., wine chillers) and combination 
cooler refrigeration products (e.g., wine 
chillers combined with a refrigerator, freezer, or refrigerator-freezer). 
Pursuant to EPCA, any new or 
amended energy conservation standard must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) Furthermore, the new or amended standard must result in a significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) 
DOE received a statement submitted 
jointly by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of manufacturers of the covered equipment at issue, States, and efficiency advocates) containing recommendations with respect to new energy conservation standards for MREFs (see section III.A of this document for a description of the jointly-submitted statement). DOE has determined that the recommended standards contained in the statement are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), which prescribes the conditions under which DOE may adopt new standards. Under the authority provided by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing this direct final rule to establish new energy conservation standards for MREFs. 
The new MREF standards, which are 
expressed in maximum allowable annual energy use (‘‘AEU’’) in kilowatt- hours per year (‘‘kWh/yr’’) as a function of the calculated adjusted volume (‘‘AV’’) in cubic feet (‘‘ft
3’’), are shown 
in Table I.1 and Table I.2. The standards will apply to all MREFs listed in Table I.1 and Table I.2 and manufactured in, or imported into, the United States starting on October 28, 2019. 
TABLE I.1—E NERGY CONSERVATION STANDARDS FOR COOLERS  
Product class Maximum 
allowable AEU 
(kWh/yr) 
Built-in Compact ........................................................................................................................................................................... 7.88AV † + 155.8 
Built-in.
Freestanding Compact.
Freestanding.
† AV = Adjusted volume, in ft3, as calculated according to title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (‘‘CFR’’) part 430, subpart B, appendix A. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275196 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
3The average LCC savings are measured relative 
to the efficiency distribution in the compliance year 
in the absence of standards (see section IV.F of this document). The simple payback period, which is designed to compare specific efficiency levels, is measured relative to the lowest efficiency level in 
the no-new-standards case (see section IV.F.9 of this 
document). 
4All monetary values in this section are 
expressed in 2015 dollars and, where appropriate, are discounted to 2016 unless explicitly stated 
otherwise. Energy savings in this section refer to the full-fuel-cycle (‘‘FFC’’) savings (see section IV.H of this document for discussion). TABLE I.2—E NERGY CONSERVATION STANDARDS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS  
Product class description Product class 
designation * Maximum 
allowable AEU 
(kWh/yr) 
Cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ............................................................................................. C–3A ................ 4.57AV † + 130.4 
Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost .................................................................................. C–3A–BI ........... 5.19AV + 147.8 
Cooler with upright freezers with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ................................... C–9 ................... 5.58AV + 147.7 
Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ......................... C–9–BI ............. 6.38AV + 168.8 
Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker .......................................... C–9I .................. 5.58AV + 231.7 
Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker .............................. C–9I–BI ............ 6.38AV + 252.8 
Compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ............................................................................... C–13A .............. 5.93AV + 193.7 
Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ................................................................... C–13A–BI †† .... 6.52AV + 213.1 
* These product classes are consistent with the current product classes established for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. 10 
CFR 430.32. 
† AV = Adjusted volume, in ft3, as calculated according to 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix A. 
†† There is no current product class 13A–BI for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or freezers. 
A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers 
Table I.3 presents DOE’s evaluation of 
the economic impacts of the adopted 
standards on consumers of MREFs, as measured by the average life-cycle cost 
(‘‘LCC’’) savings and the simple payback period (‘‘PBP’’).
3The average LCC 
savings are positive for all product classes affected by the adopted standards, and the PBPs are less than 
the average lifetime of MREFs, which is estimated to be at least 10 years (see section IV.F of this direct final rule). 
TABLE I.3—I MPACTS OF NEWENERGY CONSERVATION STANDARDS ON CONSUMERS OF MREF S 
Product class Average LCC 
savings * 
(2015$) Simple 
payback 
period * 
(years) 
Coolers 
Freestanding compact coolers ................................................................................................... ............................. 265 1.4 
Built-in compact coolers ....................................................................................................... ................................... 28 4.6 
Freestanding coolers ........................................................................................................... .................................... 153 1.8 
Built-in coolers ............................................................................................................... .......................................... 77 6.1 
Combination Cooler Refrigeration Products 
C–3A ........................................................................................................................... ............................................. n.a. n.a. 
C–3A–BI ........................................................................................................................ ........................................... n.a. n.a. 
C–9 † ........................................................................................................................... ............................................. n.a. n.a. 
C–9–BI † ........................................................................................................................ .......................................... n.a. n.a. 
C–13A .......................................................................................................................... ............................................ 32 4.3 
C–13A–BI ....................................................................................................................... .......................................... n.a. n.a. 
* Calculation of savings and PBP is not applicable (n.a.) if the standard is set at an efficiency level that is already met or exceeded in the 
MREF market. 
† Results for C–9 and C–9–BI are also applicable to C–9I and C–9I–BI. 
DOE’s analysis of the impacts of the 
adopted standards on consumers is described in section IV.F of this document. 
B. Impact on Manufacturers 
The industry net present value 
(‘‘INPV’’) is the sum of the discounted 
cash flows to the industry from the base year through the end of the analysis period (2016 to 2048). Using a real discount rate of 7.7 percent, DOE 
estimates that the INPV for manufacturers of MREFs in the case without standards is $263.3 million for 
coolers and $108.2 million for combination cooler refrigeration products in 2015$. Under the new standards, DOE expects that manufacturers may lose up to 20.8 percent of this INPV for coolers, which is approximately $54.8 million; and manufacturers may lose up to 0.7 percent of this INPV for combination cooler refrigeration products, which is approximately $0.8 million. Additionally, based on DOE’s interviews with the manufacturers of MREFs, DOE does not expect significant 
impacts on manufacturing capacity or loss of employment for the industry as a whole to result from the standards for MREFs adopted in this direct final rule. 
DOE’s analysis of the impacts of new 
standards on manufacturers is described 
in section IV.J of this document. 
C. National Benefits and Costs
4 
DOE’s analyses indicate that the 
adopted energy conservation standards 
for MREFs would save a significant amount of energy. Relative to the no- new-standards case, the lifetime energy 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275197 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
5A quad is equal to 1015British thermal units 
(’’Btu’’). The quantity refers to FFC energy savings. 
FFC energy savings includes the energy consumed in extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas, petroleum fuels), and, 
thus, presents a more complete picture of the impacts of energy efficiency standards. For more information on the FFC metric, see section IV.H of this document. 
6A metric ton is equivalent to 1.1 short tons. 
Results for NO Xand Hg are presented in short tons. 
7DOE calculated emissions reductions relative to 
the no-new-standards-case, which reflects key assumptions in the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 (‘‘AEO 2015’’) Reference case, which generally 
represents current legislation and environmental regulations for which implementing regulations were available as of October 31, 2014. 8United States Government-Interagency Working 
Group on Social Cost of Carbon. Technical Support 
Document: Technical Update of the Social Cost of Carbon for Regulatory Impact Analysis Under Executive Order 12866. May 2013. Revised July 
2015. Available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/ sites/default/files/omb/inforeg/scc-tsd-final-july- 2015.pdf. 
9DOE estimated the monetized value of NO X 
emissions reductions associated with electricity savings using benefit per ton estimates from the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final Rule, published in August 2015 by EPA’s Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. Available at www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean- power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis. See section IV.L of this document for further discussion. The U.S. Supreme Court has stayed the rule implementing the Clean Power Plan until the 
current litigation against it concludes. Chamber of Commerce, et al. v. EPA, et al., Order in Pending 
Case, 577 U.S. (2016). However, the benefit-per-ton estimates established in the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan are based on scientific studies that remain valid irrespective of the legal status of the Clean Power Plan. DOE is primarily using a national benefit-per-ton estimate for NO
Xemitted from the Electricity Generating 
Unit sector based on an estimate of premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski, et al. 2009). If the benefit-per-ton estimates were based 
on the Six Cities study (Lepuele, et al. 2011), the 
values would be nearly two-and-a-half times larger. savings for MREFs purchased in the 
30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with the new standards (2019–2048) amount to 1.5 quadrillion Btu (‘‘quads’’).
5This 
represents a savings of 58 percent 
relative to the energy use of these products in the no-new-standards case. 
The cumulative net present value 
(‘‘NPV’’) of total consumer costs and savings of the standards for MREFs ranges from $4.78 billion (at a 7-percent discount rate) to $11.02 billion (at a 3-percent discount rate). This NPV expresses the estimated total value of future operating-cost savings minus the estimated increased product costs for MREFs purchased in 2019–2048. 
In addition, the standards for MREFs 
are projected to yield significant environmental benefits. DOE estimates that the standards would result in 
cumulative greenhouse gas emission reductions (over the same period as for energy savings) of 91.8 million metric tons (‘‘Mt’’)
6of carbon dioxide (‘‘CO 2’’), 
54.0 thousand tons of sulfur dioxide (‘‘SO
2’’), 164.0 tons of nitrogen oxides 
(‘‘NO X’’), 387.1 thousand tons of 
methane (‘‘CH 4’’), 1.1 thousand tons of 
nitrous oxide (‘‘N 2O’’), and 0.2 tons of 
mercury (‘‘Hg’’).7The cumulative 
reduction in CO 2emissions through 
2030 amounts to 20.2 Mt, which is 
equivalent to the emissions resulting from the annual electricity use of more than 2.8 million homes. 
The value of the CO
2reductions is 
calculated using a range of values per metric ton of CO
2(otherwise known as 
the ‘‘Social Cost of Carbon,’’ or ‘‘SCC’’) developed by a Federal interagency working group.
8The derivation of the 
SCC values is discussed in section IV.L 
of this document. Using discount rates appropriate for each set of SCC values, DOE estimates that the net present monetary value of the CO
2emissions 
reduction (not including CO 2equivalent 
emissions of other gases with global warming potential) is between $0.679 billion and $9.271 billion, with a value of $3.047 billion using the central SCC case represented by $40.6/t in 2015. DOE also estimates that the net present 
monetary value of the NO
Xemissions 
reduction to be $0.142 billion at a 7- percent discount rate, and $0.326 billion at a 3-percent discount rate.
9 
Table I.4 summarizes the economic 
benefits and costs expected to result from the adopted standards for MREFs. 
TABLE I.4—S UMMARY OF ECONOMIC BENEFITS AND COSTS OF NEWENERGY CONSERVATION STANDARDS FOR MREF S* 
Category Present value 
(billion 2015$) Discount rate 
(%) 
Benefits 
Consumer Operating Cost Savings ................................................................................................ ......................... 6.4 
13.9 7 
3 
CO 2Reduction (using mean SCC at 5% discount rate) ** ............................................................................... ...... 0.7 5 
CO 2Reduction (using mean SCC at 3% discount rate) ** ............................................................................... ...... 3.0 3 
CO 2Reduction (using mean SCC at 2.5% discount rate) ** ............................................................................. ..... 4.8 2.5 
CO 2Reduction (using 95th percentile SCC at 3% discount rate) ** .................................................................... ... 9.3 3 
NO XReduction † ...................................................................................................................................................... 0.1 
0.3 7 
3 
Total Benefits †† ............................................................................................................... ....................................... 9.6 
17.3 7 
3 
Costs 
Consumer Incremental Installed Costs ........................................................................................... ........................ 1.7 
2.9 7 3 
Net Benefits 
Including CO 2and NO XReduction Monetized Value †† ......................................................................................... 8.0 
14.4 7 
3 
* This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped in 2019–2048. These results include benefits to consumers which 
accrue after 2048 from the products purchased in 2019–2048. The incremental installed costs include incremental equipment cost as well as in-
stallation costs. The CO 2reduction benefits are global benefits due to actions that occur nationally. Note that the Benefits and Costs may not 
sum to the Net Benefits due to rounding. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275198 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
10To convert the time-series of costs and benefits 
into annualized values, DOE calculated a present 
value in 2015, the year used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings. For the 
benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated with each year’s shipments in the year in which the shipments occur (e.g., 2020 or 2030), and then discounted the present value from each year to 
2015. The calculation uses discount rates of 3 and 7 percent for all costs and benefits except for the value of CO
2reductions, for which DOE used case- 
specific discount rates, as shown in Table I.4. Using 
the present value, DOE then calculated the fixed annual payment over a 30-year period, starting in the compliance year that yields the same present 
value. 
11DOE used a 3-percent discount rate because the 
SCC values for the series used in the calculation were derived using a 3-percent discount rate (see section IV.L of this document). ** The interagency group selected four sets of SCC values for use in regulatory analyses. Three sets of values are based on the average SCC 
from the integrated assessment models, at discount rates of 5%, 3%, and 2.5%. For example, for 2015 emissions, these values are $12.4/t, 
$40.6/t, and $63.2/t, in 2015$, respectively. The fourth set ($118/t in 2015$ for 2015 emissions), which represents the 95th percentile of the SCC distribution calculated using a 3% discount rate, is included to represent higher-than-expected impacts from temperature change further out in the tails of the SCC distribution. The SCC values are emission year specific. See section IV.L.1 of this document for more deta ils. 
† DOE estimated the monetized value of NO
Xemissions reductions associated with electricity savings using benefit per ton estimates from the 
‘‘Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final Rule,’’ published in August 2015 by EPA’s Office of Air Quality Planning and Stand-ards. (Available at www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis. ) See section IV.L of this document for 
further discussion. DOE is primarily using a national benefit-per-ton estimate for NO
Xemitted from the Electricity Generating Unit sector based 
on an estimate of premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski et al. 2009). If the benefit-per-ton estimates were based on the Six 
Cities study (Lepuele et al. 2011), the values would be nearly two-and-a-half times larger. 
†† Total Benefits for both the 3% and 7% cases are presented using only the average SCC with 3-percent discount rate. 
The benefits and costs of the adopted 
standards for MREFs sold in 2019 to 
2048 can also be expressed in terms of annualized values. The monetary values for the total annualized net benefits are the sum of (1) the national economic value of the benefits in reduced operating costs, minus (2) the increases in product purchase prices and installation costs, plus (3) the value of the benefits of CO
2and NO Xemission 
reductions, all annualized.10 
The national operating cost savings 
are domestic private U.S. consumer 
monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the covered products. The national operating cost savings is measured for the lifetime of MREFs shipped in 2019–2048. The CO
2 
reduction is a benefit that accrues globally due to decreased domestic 
energy consumption that is expected to result from this rule. Because CO
2 
emissions have a very long residence time in the atmosphere, the SCC values in future years reflect future CO
2- 
emissions impacts that continue beyond 2100 through 2300. 
Estimates of annualized benefits and 
costs of the adopted standards are shown in Table I.5. The results under the primary estimate are as follows. Using a 7-percent discount rate for benefits and costs other than CO
2 
reduction (for which DOE used a 3- 
percent discount rate along with the SCC series that has a value of $40.6/t in 2015),
11the estimated cost of the 
standards in this rule is $153 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are 
$593 million in reduced equipment operating costs, $165 million in CO
2 
reductions, and $13.1 million in reduced NO
Xemissions. In this case, the 
net benefit amounts to $619 million per 
year. 
Using a 3-percent discount rate for all 
benefits and costs and the SCC series 
has a value of $40.6/t in 2015, the estimated cost of the standards is $157 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $754 million in reduced operating costs, $165 million in CO
2 
reductions, and $17.7 million in 
reduced NO Xemissions. In this case, the 
net benefit amounts to $779 million per year. 
TABLE I.5—A NNUALIZED BENEFITS AND COSTS OF NEWSTANDARDS FOR MREF S* 
Discount rate Primary estimate Low net benefits 
estimate High net benefits 
estimate 
(million 2015$/year) 
Benefits 
Consumer Operating Cost Savings ....................................... 7% .............................
3% .............................593 .....................
754 .....................545 .....................686 .....................649. 839. 
CO 2Reduction (using mean SCC at 5% discount rate) ** ... 5% ............................. 49 ....................... 46 .................. ..... 53. 
CO 2Reduction (using mean SCC at 3% discount rate) ** ... 3% ............................. 165 ..................... 155 .................. ... 179. 
CO 2Reduction (using mean SCC at 2.5% discount rate) ** 2.5% .......................... 242 ..................... 227 ................... .. 263. 
CO 2Reduction (using 95th percentile SCC at 3% discount 
rate) **.3% ............................. 502 ..................... 471 ..................... 546. 
NO XReduction † ................................................................... 7% .............................
3% .............................13.1 ....................17.7 ....................12.4 ....................16.6 ....................31.6. 43.6. 
Total Benefits †† .................................................................... 7% plus CO 2range ... 655 to 1,108 ....... 603 to 1,028 ....... 733 to 1,226. 
7% ............................. 771 ..................... 712 ..................... 860. 
3% plus CO 2range ... 820 to 1,273 ....... 748 to 1,173 ....... 935 to 1,428. 
3% ............................. 937 ..................... 857 ..................... 1,062. 
Costs 
Consumer Incremental Product Costs ††† ............................ 7% .............................
3% .............................153 .....................157 .....................145 .....................148 .....................118. 116. 
Net Benefits 
Total †† .................................................................................. 7% plus CO 2range ... 503 to 956 .......... 459 to 884 .......... 615 to 1,108. 
7% ............................. 619 ..................... 568 ..................... 742. 
3% plus CO 2range ... 663 to 1,116 ....... 601 to 1,026 ....... 819 to 1,312. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275199 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
TABLE I.5—A NNUALIZED BENEFITS AND COSTS OF NEWSTANDARDS FOR MREF S*—Continued 
Discount rate Primary estimate Low net benefits 
estimate High net benefits 
estimate 
(million 2015$/year) 
3% ............................. 779 ..................... 709 ..................... 946. 
* This table presents the annualized costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped in 2019–2048. These results include benefits to con-
sumers which accrue after 2048 from the MREFs purchased from 2019–2048. The incremental installed costs include incremental equ ipment 
cost as well as installation costs. The CO 2reduction benefits are global benefits due to actions that occur nationally. The Primary, Low Benefits, 
and High Benefits Estimates utilize projections of energy prices and housing starts from the AEO 2015 Reference case, Low Economic Growth 
case, and High Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, incremental product costs reflect a constant price trend in the Primary Estimate 
and the Low Benefits Estimate, and a high decline rate in the High Benefits Estimate. The methods used to derive projected price trends are ex-plained in section IV.F of this document. Note that the Benefits and Costs may not sum to the Net Benefits due to rounding. 
** The CO
2reduction benefits are calculated using 4 different sets of SCC values. The first three use the average SCC calculated using 5% , 
3%, and 2.5% discount rates, respectively. The fourth represents the 95th percentile of the SCC distribution calculated using a 3% discount rate. The SCC values are emission year specific. See section IV.L.1 of this document for more details. 
† DOE estimated the monetized value of NO
Xemissions reductions associated with electricity savings using benefit per ton estimates from the 
‘‘Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final Rule,’’ published in August 2015 by EPA’s Office of Air Quality Planning and Stand-ards. (Available at www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis. ) See section IV.L of this document for 
further discussion. For the Primary Estimate and Low Net Benefits Estimate, DOE used a national benefit-per-ton estimate for NO
Xemitted from 
the Electric Generating Unit sector based on an estimate of premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski et al. 2009). For DOE’s 
High Net Benefits Estimate, the benefit-per-ton estimates were based on the Six Cities study (Lepuele et al. 2011), which are nearly two-and-a- 
half times larger than those from the ACS study. 
†† Total Benefits for both the 3% and 7% cases are presented using only the average SCC with 3-percent discount rate. In the rows labeled 
‘‘7% plus CO 2range’’ and ‘‘3% plus CO 2range,’’ the operating cost and NO Xbenefits are calculated using the labeled discount rate, and those 
values are added to the full range of CO 2values. 
††† The value of consumer incremental product costs is lower in the low net benefits estimate than it is in the primary estimate because both 
estimates use the same price trend and there are fewer shipments in the low net benefits estimate. The value of consumer incremental product costs is lower in the high net benefits scenario than it is in the primary case because the high net benefits scenario uses a highly declining price trend that more than offsets the increase in shipments due to higher economic growth. 
DOE’s analysis of the national impacts 
of the adopted standards is described in 
sections IV.H, IV.K, and IV.L of this document. 
D. Conclusion 
Based on the analyses culminating in 
this direct final rule, DOE found the 
benefits to the nation of the standards (energy savings, consumer LCC savings, positive NPV of consumer benefit, and emission reductions) outweigh the burdens (reduction of INPV for manufacturers). DOE has concluded that the standards in this direct final rule represent the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified, and would result in significant conservation of energy. 
Under the authority provided by 42 
U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing this direct final rule to establish new energy conservation standards for MREFs. 
II. Introduction 
The following section briefly 
discusses the statutory authority 
underlying this direct final rule, as well as some of the relevant historical background related to the establishment of standards for MREFs. 
A. Authority 
As indicated above, EPCA includes 
provisions covering the products 
addressed by this Direct final rule. EPCA addresses, among other things, the energy efficiency of certain types of consumer products. Relevant provisions of the Act specifically include definitions (42 U.S.C. 6291), energy conservation standards (42 U.S.C. 6295), test procedures (42 U.S.C. 6293), labeling provisions (42 U.S.C. 6294), and the authority to require information and reports from manufacturers (42 U.S.C. 6296). 
Under 42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(20), DOE 
may extend coverage over a particular type of consumer product provided that DOE determines that classifying products of such type as covered products is necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of EPCA and that the average annual per-household energy use by products of such type is likely to exceed 100 kilowatt-hours (‘‘kWh’’) or its British thermal unit (‘‘Btu’’) equivalent per year. See 42 U.S.C. 6292(b)(1). EPCA sets out the following additional requirements to establish energy conservation standards for a new covered product: (1) The average per household domestic energy use by such products exceeded 150 kWh or its Btu equivalent for any 12-month period ending before such determination; (2) the aggregate domestic household energy use by such products exceeded 4.2 million kWh or its Btu equivalent for any such 12- month period; (3) substantial energy efficiency of the products is technologically feasible; and (4) applying a labeling rule is unlikely to be sufficient to induce manufacturers to produce, and consumers and other persons to purchase, products of such type that achieve the maximum level of 
energy efficiency. See 42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(1). 
Pursuant to EPCA, DOE’s energy 
conservation program for covered products consists essentially of four 
parts: (1) Testing; (2) labeling; (3) the establishment of Federal energy conservation standards; and (4) certification and enforcement procedures. The Federal Trade Commission (‘‘FTC’’) is primarily responsible for labeling, and DOE implements the remainder of the program. Subject to certain criteria and conditions, DOE is required to develop test procedures to measure the energy efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of each covered product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(A) and (r)) Manufacturers of covered products must use the prescribed DOE test procedure as the basis for certifying to DOE that their products comply with the applicable energy conservation standards adopted under EPCA and when making representations to the public regarding the energy use or efficiency of those products. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c) and 6295(s)) Similarly, DOE must use these test procedures to determine whether the products comply with standards adopted pursuant to EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6295(s)) The DOE test procedure for MREFs currently appears at title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (‘‘CFR’’) part 430, subpart B, appendix A (appendix A). 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275200 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
DOE follows specific criteria when 
prescribing new or amended standards 
for covered products. As indicated above, any new or amended standard for a covered product must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A) and (3)(B)) Furthermore, DOE may not adopt any standard that would not result in the significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)) Moreover, DOE may not prescribe a standard: (1) For certain products, including MREFs, if no test procedure has been established for the product, or (2) if DOE determines by 
rule that the new or amended standard is not technologically feasible or economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(A)–(B)) In deciding whether a new or amended standard is economically justified, DOE must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) DOE must make this determination after receiving comments on the proposed standard and considering, to the greatest extent practicable, the following seven factors: 
1. The economic impact of the 
standard on manufacturers and consumers of the products subject to the standard; 
2. The savings in operating costs 
throughout the estimated average life of the covered products in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price, initial charges, or maintenance expenses for the covered products that are likely to result from the imposition of the standard; 
3. The total projected amount of 
energy, or as applicable, water, savings likely to result directly from the imposition of the standard; 
4. Any lessening of the utility or the 
performance of the covered products likely to result from the imposition of the standard; 
5. The impact of any lessening of 
competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from the imposition of the standard; 
6. The need for national energy and 
water conservation; and 
7. Other factors the Secretary of 
Energy (Secretary) considers relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)–(VII)) 
Further, EPCA, as codified, 
establishes a rebuttable presumption that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing a product complying with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three times the value of the energy savings during the first year that the consumer will receive as a result of the 
standard, as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) 
EPCA also contains what is known as 
an ‘‘anti-backsliding’’ provision, which prevents the Secretary from prescribing any amended standard that either increases the maximum allowable energy use or decreases the minimum required energy efficiency of a covered product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1)) Also, the Secretary may not prescribe an amended or new standard if interested persons have established by a preponderance of the evidence that the standard is likely to result in the unavailability in the United States in any covered product type (or class) of performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those generally available in the United States. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4)) 
Additionally, DOE may set energy 
conservation standards for a covered product that has two or more subcategories. In those instances, DOE must specify a different standard level for a type or class of products that has the same function or intended use if DOE determines that products within such group: (A) Consume a different kind of energy from that consumed by other covered products within such type (or class); or (B) have a capacity or other performance-related feature which other products within such type (or class) do not have and such feature justifies a higher or lower standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1)) In determining whether a performance-related feature justifies a different standard for a group of products, DOE must consider such factors as the utility to the consumer of such a feature and other factors DOE deems appropriate. Id. Any rule 
prescribing such a standard must include an explanation of the basis on which such higher or lower level was established. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(2)) 
Federal energy conservation 
requirements generally supersede State 
laws or regulations concerning energy conservation testing, labeling, and standards. (42 U.S.C. 6297(a)–(c)) DOE may, however, grant waivers of Federal preemption for particular State laws or regulations, in accordance with the procedures and other provisions set forth under 42 U.S.C. 6297(d). 
DOE is also required to address 
standby mode and off mode energy use. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)) Specifically, when DOE adopts a standard for a covered product after that date, it must, if justified by the criteria for the adoption of standards under EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)), incorporate standby mode and off mode energy use into a 
single standard, or, if that is not feasible, adopt a separate standard for such energy use for that product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)(A)–(B)) DOE’s test procedures for MREFs address standby mode and off mode energy use, as do the new standards adopted in this direct final rule. 
With particular regard to direct final 
rules, the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (‘‘EISA 2007’’), Public Law 110–140 (December 19, 2007), amended EPCA, in relevant part, to grant DOE authority to issue a type of final rule (i.e., a ‘‘direct final rule’’) 
establishing an energy conservation standard for a product on receipt of a statement that is submitted jointly by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of manufacturers of covered products, States, and efficiency advocates), as determined by the Secretary, and that contains recommendations with respect to an energy or water conservation standard. In the context of consumer products, if the Secretary determines that the recommended standard contained in the statement is in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), the Secretary may issue a final rule establishing the recommended standard. A notice of proposed rulemaking (‘‘NOPR’’) that proposes an identical energy efficiency standard is published simultaneously with the direct final rule. A public comment period of at least 110 days is provided. See 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). Not later than 120 days after the date on which a direct final rule issued under this authority is published in the Federal Register, the Secretary 
shall withdraw the direct final rule if the Secretary receives one or more adverse public comments relating to the direct final rule or any alternative joint recommendation and based on the rulemaking record relating to the direct final rule, the Secretary determines that such adverse public comments or alternative joint recommendation may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawing the direct final rule under subsection 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or any other applicable law. On withdrawal of a direct final rule, the Secretary shall proceed with the NOPR published simultaneously with the direct final rule and publish in the Federal Register the reasons why the direct final rule was withdrawn. This direct final rule provision applies to the products at issue in this direct final rule. See 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). 
DOE also notes that it typically 
finalizes its test procedures for a given 
regulated product or equipment prior to 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275201 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
12Chapter 3 of the direct final rule technical 
support document provides a detailed description 
of each of these refrigeration technologies. 13The MREF Working Group term sheets are 
available in docket ID EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043 on http://regulations.gov. proposing new or amended energy 
conservation standards for that product or equipment, see 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, sec. 7(c) (‘‘Procedures, Interpretations and Policies for Consideration of New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards for Consumer Products’’ or ‘‘Process Rule’’). In this instance, although DOE has finalized its test procedure for MREFs, rather than issue a notice of proposed rulemaking to set standards for these products, DOE is moving forward with a direct final rule. As part of the negotiated rulemaking that led to the Term Sheet setting out the standards 
that DOE is proposing, Working Group members recommended (with ASRAC’s approval) that DOE implement the test procedure that DOE recently finalized. See 81 FR 46768 (July 18, 2016). The approach laid out in that final rule is consistent with the approach agreed upon by the various Working Group members who participated in the negotiated rulemaking. Accordingly, in accordance with section 14 of the Process Rule, DOE tentatively concludes that deviation from the Process Rule is appropriate here. 
B. History of Standards Rulemaking for 
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products 
DOE has not previously established 
energy conservation standards for MREFs. Consistent with its statutory obligations, DOE sought to establish regulatory coverage over these products prior to establishing energy conservation standards to regulate MREF efficiency. On November 8, 2011, DOE published a notice of proposed determination of coverage (‘‘NOPD’’) to address the potential coverage of those refrigeration products that do not use a compressor-based refrigeration system. 76 FR 69147. Rather than employing a compressor/condenser-based system typically installed in the refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers found in most U.S. homes, these ‘‘non- compressor-based’’ refrigeration products use a variety of other means to introduce chilled air into the interior of the storage cabinet of the product. Two systems that DOE specifically examined were thermoelectric- and absorption- based systems.
12The former of these 
systems is used in some wine chiller applications. With respect to the latter group of products, DOE indicated its belief that these types of products were used primarily in mobile applications and would likely fall outside of DOE’s scope of coverage. See 42 U.S.C. 6292(a) (excluding from coverage ‘‘those 
consumer products designed solely for use in recreational vehicles and other mobile equipment’’). 
On February 13, 2012, DOE published 
a document announcing the availability of the framework document, ‘‘Energy Conservation Standards Rulemaking Framework Document for Wine Chillers and Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products,’’ and a public meeting to discuss the proposed analytical framework for the energy conservation standards rulemaking. 77 FR 7547. In the framework document, DOE described the procedural and analytical approaches it anticipated using to evaluate potential energy conservation standards for four types of consumer refrigeration products: Wine chillers, non-compressor refrigerators, hybrid refrigerators (i.e., a wine chiller 
combined with a refrigerator), and ice makers. 
DOE held a public meeting on 
February 22, 2012, to present the framework document, describe the analyses DOE planned to conduct during the rulemaking, seek comments from interested parties on these subjects, and inform them about, and facilitate their involvement in, the rulemaking. At the public meeting and during the comment period, DOE received multiple comments that addressed issues raised in the framework document and identified additional issues relevant to the rulemaking. 
On October 31, 2013, DOE published 
in the Federal Register a supplemental notice of proposed determination of coverage (the ‘‘October 2013 SNOPD’’), in which it tentatively determined that the four categories of consumer products addressed in the framework document (wine chillers, non- compressor refrigeration products, hybrid refrigerators, and ice makers) satisfy the provisions of 42 U.S.C. 6292(b)(1). 78 FR 65223. 
DOE published a notice of public 
meeting and availability of the 
preliminary technical support document (‘‘TSD’’) for the MREF energy conservation standards rulemaking on December 3, 2014. 79 FR 71705. The preliminary analysis considered potential standards for the products proposed for coverage in the October 2013 SNOPD. The preliminary TSD includes the results of the following DOE preliminary analyses: (1) Market and technology assessment; (2) screening analysis; (3) engineering analysis; (4) markups analysis; (5) energy use analysis; (6) LCC and PBP analyses; (7) shipments analysis; (8) national impact analysis (‘‘NIA’’); and (9) preliminary manufacturer impact 
analysis (‘‘MIA’’). 
DOE held a public meeting on January 
9, 2015, during which it presented preliminary results for the engineering and downstream economic analyses and sought comments from interested parties on these subjects. At the public meeting and during the comment period, DOE received comments that addressed issues raised in the preliminary analysis and identified additional issues relevant to this 
rulemaking. After reviewing the comments received in response to both the preliminary analysis and a test procedure NOPR published on December 16, 2014 (the ‘‘December 2014 Test Procedure NOPR,’’ 79 FR 74894), DOE ultimately determined that the development of test procedures and potential energy conservation standards for MREFs would benefit from a negotiated rulemaking process. 
On April 1, 2015, DOE published a 
notice of intent to establish an Appliance Standards and Rulemaking Federal Advisory Committee (‘‘ASRAC’’) negotiated rulemaking working group for MREFs (the ‘‘MREF Working Group’’ or in context, the ‘‘Working Group’’) to discuss and, if possible, reach consensus on recommended scope of coverage, definitions, test procedures, and energy conservation standards. 80 FR 17355. The MREF Working Group consisted of 15 members, including two members from ASRAC and one DOE representative. The MREF Working Group met in person during six sets of meetings in 2015: May 4–5, June 11–12, July 15–16, August 11–12, September 16–17, and October 20. 
On August 11, 2015, the MREF 
Working Group reached consensus on a term sheet to recommend a scope of coverage, set of definitions, and test procedures for MREFs (‘‘Term Sheet #1’’).
13That document laid out the 
scope of products that the Working Group recommended that DOE adopt with respect to MREFs, the definitions that would apply to MREFs and certain other refrigeration products, and the test procedure that manufacturers of MREFs would need to use when evaluating the energy usage of these products. On October 20, 2015, the MREF Working Group reached consensus on a term sheet to recommend energy conservation standards for coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products (‘‘Term Sheet #2’’). ASRAC approved Term Sheet #1 during an open 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275202 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
14The individual was David Hungerford 
(California Energy Commission). meeting on December 18, 2015, and 
Term Sheet #2 during an open meeting on January 20, 2016. ASRAC subsequently sent the term sheets to the Secretary for consideration. 
In addition to these steps, DOE sought 
to ensure that it had obtained complete information and input regarding certain aspects related to manufacturers of thermoelectric refrigeration products. To this end, on December 15, 2015, DOE published a notice of data availability (the ‘‘December 2015 NODA’’) in which it requested additional public feedback on the methods and information used in the development of the MREF Working Group term sheets. 80 FR 77589. DOE noted in particular its interest in information related to manufacturers of thermoelectric refrigeration products. Id. at 77590. 
After considering the MREF Working 
Group recommendations and comments received in response to the December 2015 NODA, DOE published an SNOPD and notice of proposed rulemaking (the ‘‘March 2016 SNOPD’’) on March 4, 2016. 81 FR 11454. The March 2016 SNOPD proposed establishing coverage, definitions, and terminology consistent with Term Sheet #1. It also proposed to determine that coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products—as defined under the proposal—would meet the requirements under EPCA to be considered covered products. Id. at 
11456–11459. 
The July 2016 Final Coverage 
Determination established coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products as covered products under EPCA. Because DOE did not receive any comments in response to the March 2016 SNOPD that would substantively alter its proposals, the findings of the final determination were unchanged from those presented in the March 2016 SNOPD. Moreover, DOE determined in the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination that MREFs, on average, consume more than 150 kWh/yr, and that the aggregate annual national 
energy use of these products exceeds 4.2 TWh. Accordingly, these data indicate that MREFs satisfy at least two of the four criteria required under EPCA in order for the Secretary to set standards for a product whose coverage is added pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6292(b). See 42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(1)(A)–(D). See also 81 FR 46768 at 46773–46775 (detailing the data used to evaluate the energy usage of MREF products). 
In addition to establishing coverage, 
the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination established definitions for ‘‘miscellaneous refrigeration products,’’ ‘‘coolers,’’ and ‘‘combination cooler refrigeration products’’ in 10 CFR 430.2. The July 2016 Final Coverage 
Determination also amended the existing definitions for ‘‘refrigerator,’’ ‘‘refrigerator-freezer,’’ and ‘‘freezer’’ for consistency with the newly established MREF definitions. These definitions were generally consistent with the March 2016 SNOPD. Id. at 46775– 
46778. 
III. General Discussion A. Consensus Agreement 1. Background 
As discussed in section II.B of this 
document, the MREF Working Group 
approved two term sheets that recommended a scope of coverage, definitions, test procedures, and energy conservation standards for MREFs. ASRAC approved the two term sheets during open meetings and sent them to the Secretary of Energy for consideration. 
After carefully considering the 
consensus recommendations related to new energy conservation standards for MREFs submitted by the MREF Working Group and adopted by ASRAC, DOE has determined that these recommendations comprise a statement submitted by 
interested persons who are fairly representative of relevant points of view on this matter. In reaching this determination, DOE took into consideration the fact that the Working Group, in conjunction with ASRAC members who approved the recommendations, consisted of representatives of manufacturers of covered products, States, and efficiency advocates—all of which are groups specifically identified by Congress as potentially relevant parties to any consensus recommendation submitted by ASRAC. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)) As delineated above, Term Sheet #2 was submitted by a broad cross-section of interests, including the manufacturers who produce the subject products, a trade association representing these manufacturers, environmental and energy-efficiency advocacy organizations, and an electric utility company. Although States were not direct signatories to the Term Sheet, the ASRAC Committee approving the Working Group’s recommendations included one member representing the State of California.
14Additionally, in 
spite of the MREF Working Group meetings already being publicized and open to all members of the public, DOE published the December 2015 NODA to present the data and analyses used in support of developing the term sheets to provide an opportunity for further 
comment from interested parties. 80 FR 77589 (December 15, 2015). Moreover, DOE does not read the statute as requiring absolute agreement among all interested parties before the Department may proceed with issuance of a direct final rule. By explicit language of the statute, the Secretary has the discretion to determine when a joint recommendation for an energy or water conservation standard has met the requirement for representativeness (i.e., ‘‘as determined by the Secretary’’). 
By its plain terms, the statute 
contemplates that the Secretary will exercise discretion to determine whether a given statement is submitted jointly by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of manufacturers of covered products, States, and efficiency advocates). In this case, given the broad range of persons participating in the process that led to the submission—in the Working Group and in ASRAC—and given the breadth of perspectives expressed in that process, DOE has determined that the statements it received meet this criterion. 
Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), the 
Secretary must also determine whether a jointly-submitted recommendation for an energy conservation standard satisfies the criteria presented in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). To make this determination, DOE has conducted an analysis to evaluate whether the potential energy conservation standards under consideration would meet these requirements. This evaluation is the same comprehensive approach that DOE typically conducts whenever it considers potential energy conservation standards for a given type of product or equipment. DOE applies the same principles to any consensus recommendations it may receive to satisfy its statutory obligation to ensure that any energy conservation standard that it adopts achieves the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified and will result in the significant conservation of energy. Upon review, the Secretary determined that the standards recommended in Term Sheet #2 submitted to DOE through ASRAC meet the standard- setting criteria set forth under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). The consensus-recommended efficiency levels were included as trial standard level (‘‘TSL’’) 2 for coolers and TSL 1 for combination cooler refrigeration products (see section V.A of this document for a description of all 
of the considered TSLs). The details regarding how the consensus- 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275203 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
recommended TSLs comply with the 
standard-setting criteria are discussed and demonstrated in the relevant sections throughout this document. 
In sum, as the relevant criteria under 
42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) have been satisfied, 
the Secretary has determined that it is appropriate to adopt the consensus- recommended energy conservation standards for MREFs as presented in Term Sheet #2 through this direct final rule. 
Pursuant to the same statutory 
provision, DOE is also simultaneously publishing a NOPR proposing that the identical standard levels contained in this direct final rule be adopted. Consistent with the statute, DOE is providing a 110-day public comment period on this direct final rule. Based on the comments received during this period, the direct final rule will either become effective or DOE will withdraw it if: (1) One or more adverse comments 
is received; and (2) DOE determines that those comments, when viewed in light of the rulemaking record related to the direct final rule, provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) and for DOE to continue this rulemaking under the NOPR. (Receipt of an alternative joint recommendation may also trigger a DOE withdrawal of the direct final rule in the same manner.) See 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C). Typical of other rulemakings, it is the substance, rather than the quantity, of comments that will ultimately determine whether a direct final rule will be withdrawn. To this end, the substance of any adverse comment(s) received will be weighed against the anticipated benefits of the jointly-submitted recommendations and 
the likelihood that further consideration of the comment(s) would change the results of the rulemaking. DOE notes 
that, to the extent an adverse comment had been previously raised and addressed in the rulemaking proceeding, such a submission will not typically provide a basis for withdrawal of a direct final rule. 
2. Recommendations 
The MREF Working Group 
recommended standards for all MREF 
product classes of coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products. Table III.1 and Table III.2 show the recommended standard levels, which are expressed as an equation whose value varies based on the calculated AV of a given product. The 
MREF Working Group recommended that these standard levels take effect three years following the publication of the direct final rule. See Term Sheet #2. 
TABLE III.1—C ONSENSUS -RECOMMENDED STANDARD LEVELS FOR COOLERS  
Product class Maximum 
allowable AEU 
(kWh/yr) 
Built-in Compact ........................................................................................................................................................................... 7.88AV† + 155.8 
Built-in.
Freestanding Compact.
Freestanding.
† AV = Adjusted volume, in ft3, as calculated according to title 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix A. 
TABLE III.2—C ONSENSUS -RECOMMENDED STANDARD LEVELS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS  
Product class description Product class 
designation * Maximum 
allowable AEU 
(kWh/yr) 
Cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ............................................................................................. C–3A ................ 4.57AV† + 130.4 
Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost .................................................................................. C–3A–BI ........... 5.19AV + 147.8 
Cooler with upright freezers with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ................................... C–9 ................... 5.58AV + 147.7 
Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ......................... C–9–BI ............. 6.38AV + 168.8 
Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker .......................................... C–9I .................. 5.58AV + 231.7 
Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker .............................. C–9I–BI ............ 6.38AV + 252.8 
Compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ............................................................................... C–13A .............. 5.93AV + 193.7 
Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ................................................................... C–13A–BI†† ..... 6.52AV + 213.1 
* These product classes are consistent with the current product classes established for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. 10 
CFR 430.32. 
† AV = Adjusted volume, in ft3, as calculated according to 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix A. 
†† There is no current product class 13A–BI for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, or freezers. 
B. Compliance Date 
When establishing new standards for 
products not previously covered, EPCA 
provides that newly-established standards shall not apply to products manufactured within five years after the publication of the final rule. See 42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(2). As part of its set of comprehensive recommendations, the MREF Working Group recommended that DOE instead apply a 3-year lead time. 
DOE has the authority under section 
42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) to accept recommendations for compliance dates 
contained in a joint submission recommending amended standards. In 
DOE’s view, the direct final rule authority provision specifies the finding DOE has to make. Specifically, Congress specified that if DOE determines that the recommended standard is in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), DOE may issue a final rule establishing those standards. See 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)(i). Applying the direct final rule provision in this manner meets Congress’s goal to promote consensus agreements that reflect broad input from interested parties who can 
fashion agreements that best promote the aims of the statute. In the absence 
of a consensus agreement, DOE notes that the more specific prescriptions of EPCA would ordinarily prevail. However, when DOE receives a recommendation resulting from the appropriate process—in this case, the detailed procedure laid out in the direct final rule provision of EPCA—that process provides the necessary fidelity to the statute, along with compliance with section 6295(o), that Congress instructed DOE to apply. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275204 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
DOE notes that its analysis of whether 
the consensus-recommended and other 
TSLs satisfy the criteria presented in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) contemplates two compliance periods. For consensus- recommended TSLs, the analysis is based on a 2019 compliance date, as recommended by the MREF Working Group. The analysis for all other TSLs is based on a 2021 compliance date consistent with EPCA, which provides that newly-established standards shall not apply to products manufactured within five years after the publication of the final rule. In other words, DOE followed the prescriptions of EPCA for all TSLs that were not recommended by the MREF Working Group. The two different compliance dates are indicated in the relevant sections throughout this document. 
C. Scope of Coverage 
In the preliminary analysis, DOE 
considered potential standards for four 
consumer product categories proposed 
for coverage in the October 2013 SNOPD: Cooled cabinets, non- compressor refrigerators, ice makers, and hybrid products. See chapter 3 of the preliminary TSD. 
Based on comments received in 
response to the preliminary analysis, and on the recommendations of the MREF Working Group, DOE subsequently proposed in the March 2016 SNOPD that consumer ice makers 
and non-compressor refrigerators would not be included within MREFs. DOE proposed to remove ice makers from the scope of MREFs because they are significantly different from the other product types being considered for coverage, consistent with the MREF Working Group’s recommendation. For non-compressor refrigerators, DOE is not aware of any products available on the market that would be considered non-compressor refrigerators. Instead, non-compressor products available on the market would be considered coolers under the March 2016 SNOPD proposal. DOE also revised the proposed 
definitions for cooled cabinets and hybrid products to designate these products as coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products, respectively, in accordance with the definitions recommended by the MREF Working Group in Term Sheet #1. See 81 FR 11454, 11456, 11458–11459. Interested parties generally supported the scope of coverage, energy use analysis, and definitions proposed in the March 2016 SNOPD. Therefore, in the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination, DOE determined that MREFs (including coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products) are covered products under EPCA. The July 2016 Final Coverage Determination also established 
definitions for these products that are generally consistent with the March 2016 SNOPD proposal. 81 FR 46768. This direct final rule establishes energy conservation standards for MREFs as defined in the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination. 
D. Product Classes 
When evaluating and establishing 
energy conservation standards, DOE 
divides covered products into product classes by the type of energy used or by capacity or other performance-related features that justify differing standards. In making a determination whether a performance-related feature justifies a different standard, DOE must consider such factors as the utility of the feature to the consumer and other factors DOE determines are appropriate. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)) 
In this direct final rule, DOE is 
establishing energy conservation standards for four product classes of coolers and nine product classes of combination cooler refrigeration products. These product classes are consistent with those recommended by the MREF Working Group in Term Sheet #2. The product classes established in this direct final rule and their descriptions are provided in Table III.3. 
TABLE III.3—MREF P RODUCT CLASSES  
Product class Product class description 
Coolers 
Built-in compact .................... Total refrigerated volume less than 7.75 ft3and meeting the built-in definition requirements 
Built-in .................................. Total refrigerated volume 7.75 ft3or greater and meeting the built-in definition requirements 
Freestanding Compact ......... Total refrigerated volume less than 7.75 ft3and not built-in 
Freestanding ........................ Total refrigerated volume 7.75 ft3or greater and not built-in 
Combination Cooler Refrigeration Products 
C–3A .................................... Cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost 
C–3A–BI ............................... Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost 
C–9 ....................................... Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker 
C–9–BI ................................. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemake r 
C–9I ...................................... Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker 
C–9I–BI ................................ Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker 
C–13A .................................. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost 
C–13A–BI ............................. Built-In compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost 
E. Test Procedure 
EPCA sets forth generally applicable 
criteria and procedures for DOE’s adoption and amendment of test procedures. (42 U.S.C. 6293) Manufacturers of covered products must use these test procedures to certify to DOE that their product complies with energy conservation standards and to quantify the efficiency of their product. Similarly, DOE must use these test procedures to determine compliance with its energy conservation standards. 
(42 U.S.C. 6295(s)) 
DOE published the December 2014 
Test Procedure NOPR on December 16, 2014, in which it proposed to establish definitions and test procedures for the product categories proposed for coverage in the October 2013 SNOPD. The proposed test procedures would 
measure the energy efficiency, energy use, and estimated annual operating cost of these products during a representative average use period and 
that would not be unduly burdensome to conduct, as required under 42 U.S.C. 6293(b)(3). 79 FR 74894. 
After reviewing comments responding 
to the December 2014 Test Procedure NOPR, DOE ultimately determined that developing the test procedures for these products would benefit from a 
negotiated rulemaking process. Therefore, DOE included potential test procedures within the scope of work for 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275205 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
15DOE also presents a sensitivity analysis that 
considers impacts for products shipped in a 9-year 
period. 16The FFC metric is discussed in DOE’s 
statement of policy and notice of policy amendment. 76 FR 51282 (August 18, 2011), as amended at 77 FR 49701 (August 17, 2012). the MREF Working Group. On August 
11, 2015, the MREF Working Group reached consensus on Term Sheet #1, which recommended scope of coverage, definitions, and test procedures for MREFs. The MREF Working Group generally agreed with the approach proposed in the December 2014 Test Procedure NOPR, but recommended updating usage factors, ambient temperatures, and volume adjustment factors. See Term Sheet #1. ASRAC approved the term sheet during an open meeting on December 18, 2015, and subsequently sent it to the Secretary for consideration. 
The test procedures for MREFs, which 
are consistent with the MREF Working Group Recommendation, were codified in appendix A by the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination. 81 FR 46768. The test procedures, which follow a similar methodology to those in place for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers, provide the provisions for determining a product’s annual energy usage (kWh/yr) and total AV, which are the basis of the energy conservation standards established in this direct final rule. 
F. Technological Feasibility 1. General 
To assess the technological feasibility 
of setting standards for a product, DOE 
conducts a screening analysis based on information gathered on all current technology options and prototype designs that could improve its efficiency. As the first step in such an analysis, DOE develops a list of technology options for consideration in consultation with manufacturers, design engineers, and other interested parties. DOE then determines which of those means for improving efficiency are technologically feasible. DOE considers technologies incorporated in commercially-available products or in working prototypes to be technologically feasible. 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, section 4(a)(4)(i). 
After DOE has determined that 
particular technology options are technologically feasible, it further evaluates each technology option in light of the following additional screening criteria: (1) Practicability to manufacture, install, and service; (2) adverse impacts on product utility or availability; and (3) adverse impacts on health or safety. 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, section 4(a)(4)(ii)–(iv). Additionally, it is DOE policy not to include in its analysis any proprietary technology that is a unique pathway to achieving a certain efficiency level. Section IV.B of this 
direct final rule discusses the results of the screening analysis for MREFs, particularly the designs DOE considered, those it screened out, and those that are the basis for the standards considered in this rulemaking. For further details on the screening analysis for this rulemaking, see chapter 4 of the direct final rule TSD. 
2. Maximum Technologically Feasible 
Levels 
When DOE proposes to adopt a new 
standard for a type or class of covered product, it must determine the maximum improvement in energy efficiency or maximum reduction in energy use that is technologically feasible for such product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(1)) Accordingly, in the engineering analysis, DOE determined the maximum technologically feasible (‘‘max-tech’’) improvements in energy efficiency for MREFs, using the design parameters for the most efficient products available on the market or in working prototypes. The max-tech levels that DOE determined for this rulemaking are described in section IV.C of this direct final rule and in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD. 
G. Energy Savings 1. Determination of Savings 
For each TSL, DOE projected energy 
savings from application of the TSL to 
MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of compliance with any new standards (2019–2048 for the TSLs recommended by the MREF Working Group, 2021–2050 for all other TSLs).
15The savings are measured over 
the entire lifetime of products 
purchased in the 30-year analysis period. DOE quantified the energy savings attributable to each TSL as the difference in energy consumption between each standards case and the no- new-standards case. The no-new- standards case represents a projection of energy consumption that reflects how the market for a product would likely evolve in the absence of energy conservation standards. 
DOE used its NIA spreadsheet models 
to estimate energy savings from potential standards for MREFs. The NIA spreadsheet model (described in section IV.H of this document) calculates savings in site energy, which is the energy directly consumed by products at the locations where they are used. Based on the site energy, DOE calculates national energy savings (‘‘NES’’) in terms of primary energy savings at the 
site or at power plants, and also in terms of full-fuel-cycle (‘‘FFC’’) energy savings. The FFC metric includes the 
energy consumed in extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas, petroleum 
fuels), and thus presents a more complete picture of the impacts of energy conservation standards.
16DOE’s 
approach is based on the calculation of an FFC multiplier for each of the energy types used by covered products or equipment. For more information on FFC energy savings, see section IV.H.2 of this document. For natural gas, the primary energy savings are considered to be equal to the site energy savings. 
2. Significance of Savings 
To adopt standards for a covered 
product, DOE must determine that such 
action would result in ‘‘significant’’ energy savings. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) Although the term ‘‘significant’’ is not defined in the Act, the U.S. Court of Appeals, for the District of Columbia Circuit in Natural Resources Defense Council v. Herrington, 768 F.2d 1355, 
1373 (D.C. Cir. 1985), indicated that Congress intended ‘‘significant’’ energy savings in the context of EPCA to be savings that were not ‘‘genuinely trivial.’’ The energy savings for all the TSLs considered in this rulemaking, including the adopted standards, are nontrivial, and, therefore, DOE considers them ‘‘significant’’ within the meaning of section 325 of EPCA. 
H. Economic Justification 1. Specific Criteria 
As noted above, EPCA provides seven 
factors to be evaluated in determining 
whether a potential energy conservation standard is economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)–(VII)) The following sections discuss how DOE has addressed each of those seven factors in this rulemaking. 
a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers 
and Consumers 
In determining the impacts of 
potential energy conservation standards on manufacturers, DOE conducts a manufacturer impact analysis (i.e., MIA), as discussed in section IV.J of this document. DOE first uses an annual cash-flow approach to determine the quantitative impacts. This step includes both a short-term assessment—based on the cost and capital requirements during the period between when a regulation is 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275206 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
issued and when entities must comply 
with the regulation—and a long-term assessment over a 30-year period. The industry-wide impacts analyzed include: (1) INPV, which values the industry on the basis of expected future cash flows; (2) cash flows by year; (3) changes in revenue and income; and (4) other measures of impact, as appropriate. Second, DOE analyzes and reports the impacts on different types of manufacturers, including impacts on small manufacturers. Third, DOE considers the impact of standards on domestic manufacturer employment and manufacturing capacity, as well as the potential for standards to result in plant closures and loss of capital investment. Finally, DOE takes into account cumulative impacts of various DOE regulations and other regulatory requirements on manufacturers. 
For individual consumers, measures 
of economic impact include the changes in LCC and PBP associated with new standards. These measures are discussed further in the following section. For consumers in the aggregate, DOE also calculates the national NPV of the economic impacts applicable to a particular rulemaking. DOE often also evaluates the LCC impacts of potential standards on identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be affected disproportionately by a national standard, such as low income and senior households. In the case of MREFs, the available house sample sizes for identifiable subgroups were insufficient to yield meaningful results. 
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared 
to Increase in Price (LCC and PBP) 
EPCA requires DOE to consider the 
savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average life of the covered product in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price of, or in the initial charges for, or maintenance 
expenses of, the covered product that are likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(II)) DOE conducts this comparison in its LCC and PBP analysis. 
The LCC is the sum of the purchase 
price of a product (including its installation) and the operating cost (including energy, maintenance, and repair expenditures) discounted over the lifetime of the product. The LCC analysis requires a variety of inputs, such as product prices, product energy consumption, energy prices, maintenance and repair costs, product lifetime, and discount rates appropriate for consumers. To account for uncertainty and variability in specific inputs, such as product lifetime and discount rate, DOE uses a distribution of values, with probabilities attached to 
each value. 
The PBP is the estimated amount of 
time (in years) it takes consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including installation) of a more- 
efficient product through lower operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost due to a more-stringent standard by the change in annual operating cost for the year that standards are assumed to take effect. 
For its LCC and PBP analysis, DOE 
assumes that consumers will purchase the covered products in the first year of compliance with new standards. The LCC savings for the considered efficiency levels are calculated relative to the case that reflects projected market trends in the absence of new standards (the no-new-standards case). DOE’s LCC and PBP analysis is discussed in further detail in section IV.F of this document. 
c. Energy Savings 
Although significant conservation of 
energy is a separate statutory 
requirement for adopting an energy conservation standard, EPCA requires DOE, in determining the economic justification of a standard, to consider the total projected energy savings that are expected to result directly from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(III)) As discussed in section IV.H of this document, DOE uses the NIA spreadsheet models to project national energy savings. 
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of 
Products 
In establishing product classes, and in 
evaluating design options and the impact of potential standard levels, DOE evaluates potential standards that would not lessen the utility or performance of the considered products. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) Based on data available to DOE, the standards adopted in this direct final rule would not reduce the utility or performance of the products under consideration in this rulemaking. 
e. Impact of Any Lessening of 
Competition 
EPCA directs DOE to consider the 
impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General that is likely to result from a proposed standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1)(B)(i)(V)) Specifically, it instructs DOE to consider the impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General that is likely to result from the imposition of the standard. DOE is simultaneously publishing a NOPR containing proposed energy 
conservation standards identical to those set forth in this direct final rule and has transmitted a copy of the rule and the accompanying TSD to the Attorney General, requesting that the U.S. Department of Justice (‘‘DOJ’’) provide its determination on this issue. DOE will consider DOJ’s comments on the direct final rule in determining whether to proceed with finalizing its standards. DOE will also publish and respond to the DOJ’s comments in the Federal Register in a separate notice. 
f. Need for National Energy 
Conservation 
DOE also considers the need for 
national energy conservation in determining whether a new standard is economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VI)) The energy savings from the adopted standards are likely to provide improvements to the security and reliability of the nation’s energy system. Reductions in the demand for electricity also may result in reduced costs for maintaining the reliability of the nation’s electricity system. DOE conducts a utility impact analysis to estimate how standards may affect the nation’s needed power generation capacity, as discussed in section IV.0 of this document. 
Additionally, apart from the savings 
described above, the adopted standards also are likely to result in environmental 
benefits in the form of reduced emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases associated with energy production and use. DOE conducts an emissions analysis to estimate how potential standards may affect these emissions, as discussed in section IV.K of this document; the emissions impacts are reported in section V.B.6 of this document. DOE also estimates the economic value of emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs, as discussed in section IV.L of this document. 
g. Other Factors 
In determining whether a standard is 
economically justified, DOE may 
consider any other factors that it deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) In developing the direct final rule, DOE has considered the submission of the jointly-submitted Term Sheet #2 from the MREF Working Group. In DOE’s view, the term sheet sets forth a statement by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of manufacturers of covered equipment, States, and efficiency advocates) and contains recommendations with respect to energy 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275207 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
conservation standards that are in 
accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), as required by EPCA’s direct final rule provision. See 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). DOE has encouraged the submission of agreements such as the one developed and submitted by the MREF Working Group as a way to bring diverse stakeholders together, to develop an independent and probative analysis useful in DOE standard setting, and to expedite the rulemaking process. DOE also believes that the standard levels recommended in Term Sheet #2 may increase the likelihood for regulatory compliance, while decreasing the risk of litigation. 
2. Rebuttable Presumption 
As set forth in 42 U.S.C. 
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii), EPCA creates a 
rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is economically justified if the additional cost to the consumer of a product that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the first year’s energy savings resulting from the standard, as calculated under the applicable DOE test procedure. DOE’s LCC and PBP analyses generate values used to calculate the effect potential new energy conservation standards would have on the payback period for consumers. These analyses include, but are not limited to, the 3-year payback period 
contemplated under the rebuttable- presumption test. In addition, DOE routinely conducts an economic analysis that considers the full range of impacts to consumers, manufacturers, the Nation, and the environment, as required under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i). The results of this analysis serve as the basis for DOE’s evaluation of the economic justification for a potential standard level (thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of economic justification). The rebuttable presumption payback calculation is discussed in section IV.F of this direct final rule. 
IV. Methodology and Discussion of 
Related Comments 
This section addresses the analyses 
DOE has performed for this rulemaking with regard to MREFs. Separate subsections address each component of DOE’s analyses. 
DOE presented information on its 
initial analytical approach in the preliminary analysis. As discussed in section II.B of this direct final rule, DOE received comments from interested parties in response to both the preliminary analysis and the December 2014 Test Procedure NOPR indicating that these rulemakings would benefit from a negotiated rulemaking process. Based on the subsequent MREF Working Group discussions, in the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination, DOE revised its scope of coverage, product definitions, and test procedures for MREFs, which resulted in significant changes to the rulemaking analysis. 81 FR 46786. Because of these significant changes, many comments received in response to the preliminary analysis are no longer applicable. 
Additionally, the substantive 
comments received in response to the preliminary analysis were from interested parties that were represented by members of the MREF Working Group. The Working Group discussed in detail all of the issues identified by these interested parties. As a result of these discussions, many MREF Working Group members revised their position on certain issues with respect to the analysis. To avoid presenting information that may not reflect the current opinions of Working Group members, DOE has not included summaries of comments received from Working Group members in response to the preliminary analysis in the following sections describing the direct final rule analyses. Rather, DOE has included summaries of the Working Group discussions, including citations to the relevant Working Group meeting transcripts that addressed issues with the preliminary analysis and recommended approaches for DOE in this direct final rule analysis. 
DOE used several analytical tools to 
estimate the impact of the standards considered in this document. The first tool is a spreadsheet that calculates the LCC savings and PBP of potential amended or new energy conservation standards. The NIA uses a second spreadsheet set that provides shipments forecasts and calculates national energy savings and net present value of total consumer costs and savings expected to result from potential energy conservation standards. DOE uses the third spreadsheet tool, the Government Regulatory Impact Model (‘‘GRIM’’), to assess manufacturer impacts of potential standards. These three spreadsheet tools are available on the DOE Web site for this rulemaking: https://www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/ appliance_ standards/rulemaking.aspx/ 
ruleid/71. Additionally, DOE used 
output from the latest version of the Energy Information Administration’s (‘‘EIA’’) Annual Energy Outlook 
(‘‘AEO’’), a widely known energy forecast for the United States, for the emissions and utility impact analyses. A. Market and Technology Assessment 
1. Scope of Coverage 
DOE develops information in the 
market and technology assessment that 
provides an overall picture of the market for the products concerned, including the purpose of the products, the industry structure, manufacturers, market characteristics, and technologies used in the products. This activity includes both quantitative and qualitative assessments, based primarily on publicly-available information. The subjects addressed in the market and technology assessment for this rulemaking include: (1) A determination of the scope of the rulemaking and product classes; (2) manufacturers and industry structure; (3) existing efficiency programs; (4) shipments information; (5) market and industry trends; and (6) technologies or design options that could improve the energy efficiency of MREFs. The key findings of DOE’s market assessment are summarized below. See chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD for further 
discussion of the market and technology assessment. 
In the preliminary market and 
technology assessment, and consistent with the October 2013 SNOPD, DOE identified four consumer product categories that would be subject to potential energy conservation standards. These were: Cooled cabinets, non- compressor refrigerators, hybrid refrigerators, and ice makers. DOE received multiple comments about the scope of coverage and the product classes considered in the preliminary analysis, summarized in the following sections. As described in section II.B of this document, the MREF Working Group discussed concerns regarding scope of coverage raised in comments received in response to the preliminary analysis. 
The following sections describe how 
DOE has revised its scope of coverage for MREFs since the preliminary analysis and after considering the MREF Working Group recommendations. DOE initially proposed a revised scope of coverage in the March 2016 SNOPD (81 FR 11454), and finalized the scope of coverage in the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination. 81 FR 46768. 
a. Coolers 
In the December 2014 Test Procedure 
NOPR, DOE generally proposed to 
define the term ‘‘cooled cabinet’’ as a product with a refrigeration system that requires electric energy input only that does not meet the regulatory definition for ‘‘refrigerator’’ because its compartment temperatures are warmer 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275208 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
17A notation in the form ‘‘ASRAC Public Meeting 
Transcript, No. 44 at pp. 158–202’’ identifies a 
comment: (1) Made during an MREF Working Group public meeting; (2) recorded in document number 44 that is filed in the docket of this energy conservation standards rulemaking (Docket No. EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043) and available for review at www.regulations.gov; and (3) which 
appears on pages 158 through 202 of document number 44. 
18ANSI/NSF 12–2012 is available for purchase 
online at http://www.techstreet.com/nsf. than the 39 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) 
threshold established for refrigerators, as determined in a 72 °F ambient 
temperature. 79 FR 74894, 74901–74902 (December 16, 2014). In the preliminary analysis, DOE presented information regarding cooled cabinets that, based on the proposed definition, included those products using either vapor- compression or non-compressor refrigeration systems. See chapter 3 of the preliminary TSD. 
The MREF Working Group’s Term 
Sheet #1 recommended that DOE revise the term ‘‘cooled cabinet’’ to ‘‘cooler’’ and incorporated a number of other changes to the proposed definition of this new term. The Working Group recommended that compartment temperatures be determined during operation in a 90 °F ambient 
temperature to maintain consistency with the test conditions used for other refrigeration products. (ASRAC Public Meeting Transcript, No. 44 at pp. 158– 202)
17The Working Group also 
recommended excluding products designed to be used without doors, consistent with the exclusions DOE had proposed for the refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and freezer definitions in the December 2014 Test Procedure NOPR. 79 FR 74894, 74900 (December 16, 2014). The purpose of the exclusion would be to differentiate between consumer products and commercial equipment — in other words, products designed for use without doors (e.g. reach-in freezers) 
would be treated as commercial equipment rather than consumer products, consistent with the statutory coverage of refrigerators, refrigerator- freezers, and freezers. See 42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(1). (ASRAC Public Meeting Transcript, No. 85 at pp. 9–11; No. 92 at pp. 18–25) The Working Group further recommended the requirement that coolers operate on single-phase, alternating current rather than simply specifying operation with electric energy input. This approach would exclude those products designed for direct current or 3-phase power supplies, which, because of the nature of these power sources, would likely apply to products intended for use in mobile or commercial applications, respectively. (ASRAC Public Meeting Transcript, No. 45 at pp. 83–97; No. 86 
at pp. 19–21) See Term Sheet #1. 
In the March 2016 SNOPD, DOE 
proposed to define coolers based on its proposed definition from the December 2014 Test Procedure NOPR but updated to reflect the Working Group’s recommendations. 81 FR at 11458– 11459. DOE did not receive any comments that would substantively change this proposed updated definition in response to the March 2016 SNOPD. Hence, in the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination, DOE established the definition for cooler as proposed in the March 2016 SNOPD, with minor revisions, in 10 CFR 430.2. 81 FR at 46775–46776. 
b. Combination Cooler Refrigeration 
Products 
In the December 2014 Test Procedure 
NOPR, DOE proposed the term ‘‘hybrid refrigeration product’’ to refer to products with a warm-temperature compartment (e.g., a wine chiller), 
making up at least 50 percent of a product’s volume, combined with a fresh food and/or freezer compartment. 79 FR at 74903–74904. DOE conducted the preliminary analysis for hybrid refrigeration products using that proposal’s definitional scope. See chapter 3 of the preliminary TSD. 
The MREF Working Group discussed 
the proposed definition and recommended that DOE revise the term from ‘‘hybrid refrigeration product’’ to ‘‘combination cooler refrigeration product’’ to more clearly describe the product category. The Working Group also recommended that DOE refer to the 
warmer compartment within combination cooler refrigeration products as a ‘‘cooler compartment’’ (defined by the same temperature ranges as proposed for coolers) and that DOE drop the proposed requirement that cooler compartments make up at least 50 percent of a combination cooler refrigeration product’s total volume. The Working Group noted that all products with cooler compartments would likely be used in the same way and asserted that the 50-percent threshold was an arbitrary cutoff. It further recommended that DOE exclude products designed for use without doors from the combination cooler refrigeration product definitions for the same reasons discussed for coolers (i.e., differentiating between 
commercial equipment and consumer products). (ASRAC Public Meeting Transcript, No. 85 at pp. 31–52; No. 91 at pp. 55–58) See Term Sheet #1. 
DOE agreed with the recommended 
changes from the MREF Working Group and the Working Group’s reasoning for each of them. The term ‘‘combination cooler refrigeration product’’ more 
clearly describes the characteristics of the products that would fall in this category. Additionally, the recommendation to remove the 50- percent threshold would limit the potential for circumvention by manufacturing products with cooler compartment volumes either just above or below the threshold. Removing the cooler compartment volume threshold ensures that all products with cooler compartments (which are likely to be used in the same way, as indicated by the MREF Working Group) are categorized consistently. Therefore, DOE proposed to define terms for combination cooler refrigeration products in the March 2016 SNOPD consistent with the definitions included in Term Sheet #1. See 81 FR at 11459 (detailing DOE’s rationale for adopting the Working Group’s approach). DOE did not receive any comments that would substantively change the proposed definitions of combination cooler refrigeration products in response to the March 2016 SNOPD; therefore, 
DOE subsequently codified the definition, with only minor revisions, in 10 CFR 430.2 through the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination. Further, the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination codified the definition for ‘‘cooler compartment’’ as recommended by the MREF Working Group into appendix A. See 81 FR at 46776–46777. 
c. Ice Makers 
In the preliminary analysis, DOE 
presented information regarding ice 
makers, which DOE tentatively defined as a consumer product other than a refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, freezer, hybrid refrigeration product, non- compressor refrigerator, or cooled cabinet designed to automatically produce and harvest ice, but excluding any basic model that is certified under American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/NSF International (NSF) 12– 2012 ‘‘Automatic Ice Making Equipment.’’
18Such a product would 
also include a means for storing ice, dispensing ice, or storing and dispensing ice. See chapter 3 of the preliminary TSD. 
In response to the preliminary 
analysis, DOE received feedback from several interested parties regarding ice maker coverage within MREFs. As such, the MREF Working Group discussed the issue of whether ice makers should be considered MREFs for coverage under EPCA. The MREF Working Group 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275209 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
decided that ice makers are 
fundamentally different from the other product categories considered to be MREFs, as evidenced by DOE proposing a separate test procedure for ice makers in the December 2014 Test Procedure NOPR. The Working Group also noted that ice makers are currently covered as commercial equipment, and that there is no clear means to differentiate between consumer and commercial ice makers. (ASRAC Public Meeting Transcript, No. 44 at pp. 143–145, No. 45 at pp. 134– 145; No. 92 at pp. 39–51). Accordingly, the Working Group recommended that DOE not maintain coverage of ice makers under MREFs. (ASRAC Public Meeting Transcript, No. 92 at p. 138) See Term Sheet #1. 
Consistent with the MREF Working 
Group’s recommendation, the March 2016 SNOPD proposed excluding ice makers from coverage as MREFs. 81 FR at 11456. DOE did not receive comments opposing this approach in response to the March 2016 SNOPD, and, therefore, excluded ice makers from coverage as MREFs in the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination. 81 FR at 46773. Accordingly, DOE has not analyzed or adopted standards for ice makers as part of this direct final rule. 
d. Non-Compressor Refrigerators 
EPCA specifies that refrigerators, 
refrigerator-freezers, and freezers with 
compressor and condenser units as integral parts of the cabinet assembly (i.e., products that utilize vapor- 
compression refrigeration technology) are covered consumer products. (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(1)(B)) In the preliminary analysis, DOE stated that it had identified products that use thermoelectric and/or absorption technology that were sold as refrigerators but was unaware of any products using these technologies sold as refrigerator-freezers or freezers. For 
the preliminary analysis, DOE considered a non-compressor refrigerator as a cabinet that has a source of refrigeration that does not include a compressor and condenser unit, requires electric energy input only, and is capable of maintaining compartment temperatures above 32 °F (0 °C) and below 39 °F (3.9 °C) as determined in a 72 °F ambient temperature. See chapter 
3 of the preliminary TSD. 
DOE tested six non-compressor 
refrigerator models in support of the preliminary analysis. In that testing, DOE determined that none of the six models were able to maintain compartment temperatures in the specified refrigerator range when tested in a 90 °F ambient temperature consistent with the current DOE test procedure for refrigerators and the approach recommended by the Working Group. See chapter 5 of the preliminary TSD. 
The MREF Working Group discussed 
whether non-compressor refrigerators should be considered MREFs. As discussed in the March 2016 SNOPD, the Working Group recommended that the compartment temperature ranges included in definitions be determined during product operation in a 90 °F ambient temperature. 81 FR at 11458– 11460. Based on this suggested definition, the Working Group members stated that they were unaware of any products that would be considered non- compressor refrigerators available on the market, and recommended that DOE not establish a definition for this product category. (ASRAC Public Meeting Transcript, No. 45 at pp. 49–52; No. 91 at pp. 157–158) See Term Sheet #1. 
In examining the merits of creating a 
separate product category and definition for non-compressor refrigerators, DOE conducted additional literature reviews and manufacturer interviews. DOE, however, did not find any non- compressor (thermoelectric or absorption) products available on the market that would be capable of maintaining compartment temperatures in the range necessary for a refrigerator as specified in 10 CFR 430.2 when tested in a 90 °F ambient temperature consistent with the current refrigerator test procedure and the approach ultimately recommended by the Working Group. Accordingly, in light of the Working Group’s recommendation, DOE did not establish a separate product category for non-compressor refrigerators under MREFs, a discussed in the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination. See 81 FR at 46775– 46776. DOE notes that products previously analyzed as non-compressor refrigerators would be covered as coolers under the MREF definitions established in the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination. 
2. Product Classes 
a. Coolers 
In the preliminary analysis, DOE 
proposed a single product class for all 
coolers (at the time referred to as ‘‘cooled cabinets’’). DOE was aware of both vapor-compression and non- compressor coolers available on the market; however, DOE did not analyze these products in separate product classes because it did not identify any unique consumer utility associated with the different refrigeration systems. See chapter 3 of the preliminary TSD. The MREF Working Group discussed 
the topic of product classes when 
considering recommended standards for MREFs. For coolers, the Working Group agreed with DOE’s preliminary analysis determination that there is no unique consumer utility associated with either thermoelectric or vapor-compression refrigeration systems. (ASRAC Public Meeting Transcript, No. 45 at pp. 13–14, 162) Working Group members also compared coolers to refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers, and considered similar characteristics for differentiating product classes. Working Group members noted that compact and built-in coolers each provide unique consumer utility and have different energy use characteristics compared to full-size or freestanding coolers, respectively. (ASRAC Public Meeting Transcript, No. 44 at pp. 155–157; No. 45 at pp. 160–166) Accordingly, the Working Group recommended that DOE establish definitions and energy conservation standards for four cooler product classes: Built-in compact, built- in, freestanding compact, and freestanding. See Term Sheets #1 and #2. 
DOE sought additional information 
related to the consideration of non- compressor products in the December 2015 NODA. 80 FR 77589. DOE did not receive any information indicating that the approach used by the MREF Working Group was inappropriate. 
Based on the recommendations of the 
MREF Working Group, DOE proposed definitions for each of the cooler product classes in the March 2016 SNOPD, and subsequently codified the definitions in 10 CFR 430.2 in the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination. 81 FR at 11459; 81 FR at 46775–46776. The standards adopted in this direct final rule are based on these four cooler 
product classes discussed above. 
b. Combination Cooler Refrigeration 
Products 
In the preliminary analysis, DOE 
proposed that combination cooler refrigeration products (at the time referred to as ‘‘hybrid refrigeration products’’) would be subject to the same product class structure as currently in place for refrigerators, refrigerator- freezers, and freezers. See generally, 10 CFR 430.32(a) (detailing the different classes applicable to refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers). Under this approach, the applicable product class would be determined based on the total product volume, the compartment temperature ranges for the non-cooler compartments, and any relevant product features (e.g., configuration, defrost type, ice making, 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00017 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275210 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
etc.). See chapter 3 of the preliminary 
TSD. 
The MREF Working Group discussed 
the topic of product classes when considering recommended standards for MREFs. Similar to coolers, the Working Group discussed how combination cooler refrigeration products are similar to refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. The Working Group considered whether the product class structure DOE proposed in the preliminary analysis would be appropriate. However, the Working Group indicated that because only certain of the previously considered product classes were available on the market or likely to become available on the market, DOE should only conduct analysis and consider potential standards for these product classes. Accordingly, the 
Working Group recommended that DOE establish eight product classes for combination cooler refrigeration products. These eight product classes represent the combination cooler 
refrigeration products that are either currently available on the market or very similar to products currently available (i.e., the associated 
freestanding equivalent to a built-in 
product). Although combination cooler refrigeration products are not currently available in each of the eight product classes, the MREF Working Group included the additional product classes as a means to prevent circumvention. For example, if DOE established only built-in product classes, a manufacturer could readily modify a product to be freestanding to avoid having to meet the MREF standards. Accordingly, the Working Group recommended product classes for both built-in and freestanding configurations for each product type currently available. (ASRAC Public Meeting Transcript, No. 103 at pp. 55–67, 72–86, 104–109) See Term Sheets #1 and #2. Based on the recommendations of the 
MREF Working Group, in this direct final rule, DOE is establishing eight product classes for combination cooler 
refrigeration products. DOE has determined that each product class offers a unique consumer utility and has different energy use characteristics, warranting separate product classes. Table I.2 of this direct final rule includes a description of the eight product classes. More detailed descriptions of each of the product classes can be found in chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD. 
3. Technology Options 
In the preliminary analysis, DOE 
identified multiple technology options 
that may be used to improve MREF efficiencies. The preliminary analysis technology options are listed in Table IV.1 and described in chapter 3 of the preliminary TSD. 
TABLE IV.1—P RELIMINARY ANALYSIS TECHNOLOGY OPTIONS  
Technology options 
Compressor ......................................................... Improved compressor efficiency. 
Variable-speed compressor. 
Linear compressor. 
Evaporator ........................................................... Increased surface area. 
Enhanced heat exchanger. Forced-convection evaporator. 
Condenser ........................................................... Increased surface area. 
Enhanced heat exchanger. Forced-convection condenser. 
Fan and Fan Motor ............................................. Higher-efficiency fan motors. 
Higher-efficiency fan blades. 
Insulation ............................................................. Improved resistivity of insulation. 
Increased insulation thickness. Vacuum-insulated panels (‘‘VIPs’’). Gas-filled panels. 
Gasket ................................................................. Improved gaskets. 
Double-door gaskets. Improved door face frame. 
Doors ................................................................... Improved resistivity of glass door. 
Solid door. 
Expansion Valve ................................................. Improved: Thermostatic expansion valves (‘‘TXV’’) or electronic expansion valves (‘‘EEV’’). 
Cycling Losses .................................................... Fluid control or solenoid valve. 
Defrost ................................................................. Off-cycle defrost. 
Reduced energy. Adaptive defrost. Hot-gas bypass. 
Controls ............................................................... Electronic temperature control. 
Alternative Refrigeration System ......................... Conversion to alternative refrigeration system. 
Alternative Heat Transfer .................................... Heat pipe. 
Other ................................................................... Component location. 
After receiving feedback from 
interested parties, conducting 
manufacturer interviews, and participating in the MREF Working Group discussions, DOE did not identify any additional technology options beyond those considered in the preliminary analysis. In this direct final rule, DOE considered the same list of technology options as presented in Table IV.1. 
B. Screening Analysis 
DOE uses the following four screening 
criteria to determine which technology 
options are suitable for further consideration in an energy conservation standards rulemaking: 1. Technological feasibility. 
Technologies that are not incorporated in commercial products or in working prototypes will not be considered further. 
2. Practicability to manufacture, 
install, and service. If it is determined that mass production and reliable installation and servicing of a 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275211 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
technology in commercial products 
could not be achieved on the scale necessary to serve the relevant market at the time of the projected compliance date of the standard, then that technology will not be considered further. 
3. Impacts on product utility or 
product availability. If it is determined that a technology would have significant adverse impact on the utility of the product to significant subgroups of consumers or would result in the unavailability of any covered product type with performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as products generally available in the United States 
at the time, it will not be considered further. 
4. Adverse impacts on health or 
safety. If it is determined that a 
technology would have significant adverse impacts on health or safety, it will not be considered further. 
10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix 
A, 4(a)(4) and 5(b). 
In sum, if DOE determines that a 
technology, or a combination of technologies, fails to meet one or more of the above four criteria, it will be excluded from further consideration in the engineering analysis. The reasons for eliminating any technology are discussed below. 1. Screened-Out Technologies 
In the preliminary analysis, DOE 
assessed the feasibility of each of the 
technologies listed in Table IV.1. Several of these technology options were found not to meet the four required screening criteria and were therefore screened out from further consideration in DOE’s analysis. Table IV.2 lists the technology options DOE screened out for the preliminary analysis. More details on why these technology options were screened out can be found in chapter 4 of the preliminary TSD. 
TABLE IV.2—P RELIMINARY ANALYSIS SCREENED OUTTECHNOLOGY OPTIONS  
Technology Reason for screening out 
Linear Compressors ............................................ Lack of information on commercially-available compressors, uncertainty on whether they 
would be readily incorporated on a widespread basis. 
Increased Evaporator and Condenser Surface 
Area.No physical room to increase the face area or add tubes, would impact product utility by re-
quiring larger cabinets. 
Improved Evaporator Heat Exchange ................. Most fin enhancements would increase frost accumulation, decreasing product u tility. 
Improved Condenser Heat Exchange ................. Maintenance concerns requiring more frequent cleaning of heat-exchanger, impacting product 
utility. 
Forced-Convection Condensers .......................... Already in use by baseline products, hence eliminated from consideration in subsequent anal-
yses. 
Higher-Efficiency Fan Blades .............................. Likely already in use in baseline products, lack of information to provide credible calculation of 
savings and costs. 
Improved Resistivity of Insulation Panels ........... Lack of information on available options, not technologically feasible based on available infor-
mation. 
Gas-Filled Panels ................................................ Not commercially-available, not practicable to manufacture on the scale necessary for the 
market. 
Solid Doors (for coolers, and cooler compart-
ments).Would affect consumer utility (i.e., availability of glass-door units). 
Improved Gaskets ............................................... Already in use by nearly all MREF products. 
Improved Expansion Valves ................................ Automatic valves or EEV’s are typically oversized for these products, not practicable to manu-
facture on the scale necessary for the market. 
Fluid-Control Valves ............................................ Potential decrease in product reliability, negatively impacting consumer utility. 
Off-Cycle Defrost, Reduced Energy for Auto-
matic Defrost, Adaptive Defrost, and Hot-Gas 
Bypass Defrost.Already in use by nearly all MREF products. 
Electronic Temperature Control .......................... Lack of data on costs and savings. 
Conversion to Thermoelectric or Absorption Re-
frigeration Systems.Unlikely to result in energy savings. 
Component Location (internal arrangement of 
components).Already in use by nearly all MREF products. 
For this direct final rule analysis, DOE 
has maintained one technology option 
for consideration in the engineering analysis that was screened out in the preliminary analysis. DOE is no longer screening out improved evaporator and condenser heat exchange. DOE received feedback during confidential manufacturer interviews that there may be opportunities to optimize evaporator and condenser designs for more effective heat transfer. For this direct final rule, DOE has continued to screen out the remaining technology options listed in Table IV.2. 2. Remaining Technologies 
Through a review of each technology, 
DOE concludes that all of the other identified technology options listed in section IV.A.3 of this document meet all four screening criteria to be examined further as design options in the direct final rule engineering analysis. In summary, and as explained further in this section, DOE did not screen out the following technology options shown in Table IV.3. 
TABLE IV.3—D IRECT FINAL RULE 
REMAINING DESIGN OPTIONS  
Design option 
Improved compressor efficiency. 
Variable-speed compressors. Improved evaporator and condenser heat ex-
change. 
Higher-efficiency fan motors. Increased insulation thickness. Vacuum-insulated panels. Improved glass door resistivity. 
Conversion to vapor-compression. Heat pipes. 
DOE determined that these 
technology options are technologically 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275212 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
feasible because they are being used or 
have previously been used in commercially-available products or working prototypes. DOE also found that all of the remaining technology options meet the other screening criteria (i.e., are practicable to manufacture, 
install, and service and do not result in adverse impacts on consumer utility, product availability, health, or safety). For additional details, see chapter 4 of the direct final rule TSD. 
C. Engineering Analysis 
In the engineering analysis, DOE 
establishes the relationship between the 
manufacturer production cost (‘‘MPC’’) and improved efficiency of MREFs. This relationship serves as the basis for cost- benefit calculations for individual consumers, manufacturers, and the Nation. DOE typically structures the engineering analysis using one of three approaches: (1) Design-option; (2) efficiency-level; or (3) reverse- engineering (or cost assessment). The design-option approach involves adding the estimated cost and associated efficiency of various efficiency- improving design changes to the baseline product to model different levels of efficiency. The efficiency-level approach uses estimates of costs and efficiencies of products available on the market at distinct efficiency levels to develop the cost-efficiency relationship. The reverse-engineering approach involves testing products for efficiency and determining cost from a detailed bill of materials (‘‘BOM’’) derived from reverse-engineering representative products. The efficiency ranges from that of the least-efficient MREFs sold today to the max-tech efficiency level. At each efficiency level examined, DOE determines the MPC; this relationship is referred to as a cost-efficiency curve. 
1. Coolers 
a. Methodology 
In the preliminary analysis, DOE 
adopted a combined efficiency-level/ 
design-option/reverse-engineering approach to develop cost-efficiency curves for coolers. DOE first established efficiency levels by defining annual energy use as a percent of the California Energy Commission (‘‘CEC’’)-equivalent energy use. This is the maximum allowable energy use of the CEC energy standards for wine chillers with automatic defrost, adjusted to account for the fact that the CEC test procedure uses a different usage factor than DOE considered in its analysis. DOE based its analysis on the potential efficiency improvements associated with groups of design options. See chapter 5 of the 
preliminary TSD. 
DOE then developed manufacturing 
cost models based on its reverse- engineering of various MREF products. These reverse-engineering efforts yielded additional information that helped support DOE’s calculation of the incremental costs associated with efficiency improvements. To develop the analytically derived cost-efficiency curves, DOE collected information from various sources on the manufacturing costs and energy use reductions associated with each of the considered design options. DOE reviewed product literature, conducted testing and reverse-engineering of current products, and interviewed component and product manufacturers. DOE modeled energy use reductions associated with design options using the Efficient Refrigerator Analysis program developed for the 2011 residential refrigeration products rulemaking and modified for this MREF standards rulemaking analysis. The incremental cost estimates combined with test data and energy modeling results led to the cost-efficiency curves for coolers developed for the preliminary analysis. See chapter 5 of the preliminary TSD. 
DOE did not receive any feedback on 
the overall methodology used for the coolers preliminary engineering analysis. In this direct final rule, DOE conducted the engineering analysis using the same approach as the preliminary analysis. However, DOE has updated its analysis to reflect the changes to the scope of coverage and product classes as discussed in sections IV.A.1 and IV.A.2 of this document. DOE also incorporated feedback from manufacturers obtained during additional interviews and information from MREF Working Group members 
during the Working Group discussions. Additional information on the methodology used for this direct final rule engineering analysis is available in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD. 
b. Efficiency Levels 
As described in section IV.C.1.a of 
this document, for the preliminary 
analysis, DOE considered efficiency levels defined by their performance with respect to the CEC-equivalent baseline level. DOE considered the CEC- equivalent standard level to be the baseline point of comparison for coolers; however, DOE observed that certain coolers performed worse than the CEC-equivalent standard level. From DOE’s test sample, the worst-performing unit was a non-compressor cooler that tested at 267 percent of the CEC- equivalent standard. DOE used this level as the baseline in its preliminary 
engineering analysis. The best- performing unit in DOE’s test sample was a vapor-compression cooler that tested at 48 percent of the CEC- equivalent standard. DOE estimates that this level represented the maximum efficiency available on the market. In the preliminary analysis, DOE considered efficiency levels beyond the maximum available by using energy modeling. The energy model for the maximum technologically feasible (max- tech) level was based on incorporating all applicable design options for coolers. That energy modeling resulted in an efficiency level at 32 percent of the CEC- equivalent standard level. DOE analyzed efficiency levels at 10-percent intervals between the CEC-equivalent and max- tech levels, and at somewhat larger intervals between the baseline and CEC- equivalent levels. 
Table IV.4 lists the efficiency levels 
considered for coolers in the preliminary analysis. Chapter 5 of the preliminary TSD provides additional information on the development of the preliminary analysis efficiency levels. 
TABLE IV.4—P RELIMINARY ANALYSIS  
COOLER EFFICIENCY LEVELS  
Efficiency level Percent of 
CEC-equivalent 
energy 
consumption 
Baseline ............................ 267 
1 ........................................ 200 
2 ........................................ 160 
3 ........................................ 130 
4 (CEC-Equivalent) ........... 100 
5 ........................................ 90 
6 ........................................ 80 
7 ........................................ 70 
8 ........................................ 60 
9 ........................................ 50 
10 ...................................... 40 
11 (Max-Tech) .................. 32 
For this direct final rule, DOE 
primarily relied on the same test data and modeling data as used in the preliminary analysis to evaluate 
efficiency levels. However, because DOE is establishing four separate product classes for coolers, DOE used this information to determine appropriate efficiency levels for each product class. 
The test data from the preliminary 
analysis apply to both the freestanding and freestanding compact product classes. Accordingly, DOE analyzed the same efficiency levels for these product classes as considered in the preliminary analysis. However, DOE also tested one additional freestanding unit with an energy consumption at approximately 300 percent of the CEC-equivalent level. DOE therefore revised the 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275213 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
corresponding baseline efficiency level 
in this direct final rule to account for 
the higher energy consumption of this newly tested unit. 
TABLE IV.5—D IRECT FINAL RULEEFFI-
CIENCY LEVELS —FREESTANDING  
AND FREESTANDING COMPACT  
COOLERS  
Efficiency level Percent of 
CEC-equivalent 
energy 
consumption 
Baseline ............................ 300 
1 ........................................ 250 
2 ........................................ 200 
3 ........................................ 150 
4 (CEC-Equivalent) ........... 100 
5 ........................................ 90 
6 ........................................ 80 
7 ........................................ 70 
8 ........................................ 60 
9 ........................................ 50 
10 ...................................... 40 
11 (Max-Tech) .................. 32 
For the built-in product classes, DOE 
reviewed available market information and sought information on product availability from manufacturers during interviews and during the MREF Working Group discussions. DOE determined that all built-in coolers use vapor-compression refrigeration systems, and that there are no built-in coolers available at efficiencies lower than the CEC-equivalent level. So, for built-in coolers and built-in compact coolers, DOE established Efficiency Level 4 (100 percent of the CEC- equivalent) as the baseline efficiency level. 
DOE also received feedback from 
MREF Working Group members indicating that built-in coolers use more energy than similarly constructed freestanding coolers, consistent with the higher maximum allowable annual energy use standards for built-in refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and freezer product classes as compared to their corresponding freestanding counterparts. The MREF Working Group 
recommended that DOE consider a similar energy adder for built-in coolers in its analysis. (ASRAC Public Meeting Transcript, No. 44 at pp. 155–157; No. 87 at pp. 74–77) DOE compared the built-in refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and freezer product classes to their equivalent freestanding counterparts, and determined that built-in products similar to coolers typically have approximately 10-percent higher energy use than freestanding products. See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD for the comparison of built-in and freestanding performance. DOE applied this 10-percent adder to its analysis for built-in coolers. DOE maintained intermediate efficiency levels at 10- percent CEC-equivalent intervals between the baseline and max-tech efficiency levels, so the built-in adder is only apparent at the max-tech efficiency level (i.e., 32 percent of CEC-equivalent 
for freestanding plus a 10-percent energy use adder equals 35 percent of CEC-equivalent). 
TABLE IV.6—T ABLE DIRECT FINAL 
RULEEFFICIENCY LEVELS —BUILT-IN 
ANDBUILT-INCOMPACT COOLERS  
Efficiency level Percent of 
CEC-equivalent 
energy 
consumption 
4 (CEC-Equivalent) ........... 100 
5 ........................................ 90 
6 ........................................ 80 
7 ........................................ 70 
8 ........................................ 60 
9 ........................................ 50 
10 ...................................... 40 
11 (Max-Tech) .................. 35 
Additional details regarding the 
selection of efficiency levels for coolers 
are available in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD. 
c. Manufacturer Production Costs 
In the preliminary analysis, DOE 
developed cost-efficiency curves for coolers with total refrigerated volumes 
of 2 ft
3and 6 ft3. DOE focused its 
analysis on these product volumes because it determined they were most representative of products available on the market. The 2-ft
3product represents 
the smaller units that would typically sit on a countertop, while the 6-ft
3 
volume represents products designed to be installed underneath the counter. 
For 2-ft
3coolers, DOE developed a 
cost-efficiency curve using data from two reverse-engineered 2-ft
3coolers and 
additional scaled data from reverse- engineered 6-ft
3coolers to estimate 
costs at higher efficiencies. DOE used its cost model to estimate the MPCs of modeled units incorporating design options not included in the reverse- engineered units. For 2-ft
3coolers, the 
cost-efficiency curve represents starting with a non-compressor cooler at the baseline efficiency level and converting to vapor-compression to reach the higher efficiency levels. 
DOE followed a similar approach for 
developing a cost-efficiency curve for 6- ft
3coolers in the preliminary analysis. 
DOE reverse-engineered three 6-ft3 
coolers at the CEC-equivalent efficiency level, a mid-efficiency level, and the maximum available efficiency level. DOE used its cost model to estimate the MPCs of modeled units incorporating design options not observed in the reverse-engineered units. For 6-ft
3 
products, DOE was not aware of any non-compressor products available at 
the time of the preliminary analysis. Accordingly, DOE based the 6-ft
3 
analysis only on vapor-compression coolers, with a baseline efficiency at the CEC-equivalent level. 
Table IV.7 presents the cost-efficiency 
curves developed for 2-ft
3and 6-ft3 
coolers in the preliminary analysis. Chapter 5 of the preliminary TSD provides additional discussion regarding the development of the preliminary cost-efficiency curves. 
TABLE IV.7—P RELIMINARY ANALYSIS COOLER COST-EFFICIENCY CURVES  
[2013$] 
Efficiency level 
(percent of CEC-equivalent energy consumption) Incremental MPC 
6-ft3 2-ft3 
Baseline (267) ........................ ........................
1 (200) ........................................................................................................................ ............................................. ........................ $21 
2 (160) ........................................................................................................................ ............................................. ........................ 34 
3 (130) ........................................................................................................................ ............................................. ........................ 44 
4 (100—CEC-Equivalent) ......................................................................................................... ............................... ........................ 54 
5 (90) ......................................................................................................................... .............................................. $12 57 
6 (80) ......................................................................................................................... .............................................. 21 72 
7 (70) ......................................................................................................................... .............................................. 33 88 
8 (60) ......................................................................................................................... .............................................. 47 100 
9 (50) ......................................................................................................................... .............................................. 62 112 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275214 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
19See document numbers 54, 58, and 75 in 
docket ID EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043 on http://www.regulations.gov for engineering materials 
presented to the MREF Working Group. TABLE IV.7—P RELIMINARY ANALYSIS COOLER COST-EFFICIENCY CURVES —Continued 
[2013$] 
Efficiency level 
(percent of CEC-equivalent energy consumption) Incremental MPC 
6-ft3 2-ft3 
10 (40) ........................................................................................................................ ............................................. 135 170 
11 (32—Max-Tech) ............................................................................................................... ................................... 205 225 
DOE used the preliminary engineering 
analysis as the basis for the MPCs in this 
direct final rule engineering analysis. The primary updates made to the preliminary analysis MPCs reflected the incorporation of the four cooler product classes and updated market information. 
Similar to the preliminary engineering 
analysis, DOE analyzed products at representative volumes in each of the four cooler product classes for this direct final rule. DOE did not reverse- engineer products at each of these volumes. To develop MPCs for those products, DOE used its cost model and 
scaled certain components to reflect the changes that would be necessary with different cabinet sizes. DOE also relied on market information to verify cost information and product specifications. Table IV.8 shows the representative product volumes DOE considered for this direct final rule engineering analysis. 
TABLE IV.8—R EPRESENTATIVE  
COOLER VOLUMES  
Product class Representative 
volumes 
Freestanding ............. 8-ft3, 12-ft3, 16-ft3 
Built-in ....................... 8-ft3, 12-ft3, 16-ft3 
Freestanding Com-
pact.2-ft3, 4-ft3, 6-ft3 TABLE IV.8—R EPRESENTATIVE  
COOLER VOLUMES —Continued 
Product class Representative 
volumes 
Compact Built-in ........ 6-ft3 
After reviewing updated market 
information, DOE is now aware of products with volumes greater than 2 ft
3 
that use non-compressor refrigeration systems. In particular, DOE identified non-compressor coolers with volumes up to 12 ft
3available on the market. 
DOE observed non-compressor products for only the two freestanding product classes, so for these product classes, DOE analyzed the changes and costs associated with moving from a baseline non-compressor product (i.e., 300 
percent of the CEC-equivalent standard) to the max-tech level. For the built-in product classes, which include only vapor-compression products, DOE analyzed the changes necessary to move from Efficiency Level 4 (the CEC- equivalent standard) to the max-tech. 
For this direct final rule, DOE expects 
that manufacturers would rely on the same design changes as considered in the preliminary analysis to reach higher efficiency levels. DOE presented the design option changes associated with higher efficiencies to manufacturers 
during interviews conducted under non- 
disclosure agreements and to the MREF Working Group. Feedback from the manufacturers and Working Group members generally supported the design option changes and their corresponding efficiency increases.
19 
DOE used the preliminary analysis as 
the basis for the costs associated with these design changes; however, DOE updated its cost estimates based on feedback from manufacturer interviews and from the MREF Working Group. This updated information included feedback on specific component pricing and on the order in which manufacturers would apply the different design options. 
In addition to the revised analysis, 
DOE also updated its cost estimates to 2015$, the most recent year for which full-year cost data was available at the time of the direct final rule analysis. Based on these updates to the preliminary analysis, DOE developed cost-efficiency curves presented in Table IV.9 for each of the analyzed volumes for the cooler product classes established in this direct final rule. Chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD includes additional information on the engineering analysis. 
TABLE IV.9—D IRECT FINAL RULECOOLER COST-EFFICIENCY CURVES  
[2015$] 
Efficiency level Compact (<7.75 ft3) Full-size (≥7.75 ft3) 
Freestanding Built-in Freestanding Built-in 
2-ft3 4-ft3 6-ft3 6-ft3 8-ft3 12-ft3 16-ft3 8-ft3 12-ft3 16-ft3 
Baseline .................... $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 
1 ............................... 0 16 14 0 27 36 0 0 0 0 
2 ............................... 0 33 28 0 53 71 0 0 0 0 
3 ............................... 0 49 42 0 80 107 0 0 0 0 
4 ............................... 54 65 56 0 106 143 0 0 0 0 
5 ............................... 57 73 64 7 118 160 22 8 10 11 
6 ............................... 65 82 73 18 129 175 41 22 29 34 
7 ............................... 76 95 88 31 149 204 74 38 51 58 
8 ............................... 89 108 102 46 163 219 91 53 66 73 
9 ............................... 102 120 113 51 173 227 98 57 68 75 
10 ............................. 147 192 198 155 235 302 181 175 236 265 
11 ............................. 237 282 288 223 378 500 403 259 337 376 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275215 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
20See docket transcript documents EERE–2011– 
BT–STD–0043–0090 and EERE–2011–BT–STD– 0043–0103 for the discussions of the combination 
cooler refrigeration products analysis. 2. Combination Cooler Refrigeration 
Products 
a. Methodology 
In the preliminary analysis, DOE 
observed that combination coolers were 
very similar in design to refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. Because of these similarities, DOE did not conduct a full engineering analysis for these products. Instead, DOE considered whether it would be appropriate to apply the standards currently in place for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers to combination cooler refrigeration products. To do this, DOE modeled the heat loads for various combination product configurations at two representative product volumes (6 ft
3 
and 12 ft3) incorporating different 
combinations of design options. From the modeling results, DOE concluded that all of the product configurations would be capable of meeting the existing standard for the corresponding product class for all-refrigerators with automatic defrost. Although DOE determined that combination cooler refrigeration products would be able to reach that efficiency level by incorporating certain design options, DOE did not estimate the incremental MPCs associated with improving performance to that level. See chapter 5 of the preliminary TSD. 
During the MREF Working Group 
discussions, Working Group members recommended that DOE conduct the full analysis, including establishing product classes, efficiency levels, and incremental MPC estimates for these 
products.
20 
For this direct final rule engineering 
analysis, DOE conducted the full engineering analysis as recommended by the MREF Working Group. DOE used an approach based on modeling different product configurations and design options to estimate performance. This approach was similar to what DOE used in the preliminary engineering analysis. DOE conducted its engineering analysis on three of the eight product classes of combination cooler refrigeration products, as discussed in section IV.A.2 of this document, and on the typical product configurations (i.e., compartment volumes and door types) available on the market. DOE did not test or reverse-engineer any combination cooler refrigeration products, so it relied on modeling to determine baseline performance and incremental efficiency improvements. DOE modeled the typical product configurations observed in products available on the market, and incorporated design options to improve the refrigeration system efficiency and reduce the thermal load on the unit. DOE concluded that combination cooler refrigeration products would rely on the same design options to improve efficiency as for coolers. Accordingly, DOE applied similar cost estimates to each design option. DOE used its cost model to scale the design option cost estimates, as necessary, based on the different product configurations for combination cooler refrigeration products. A more detailed description of the methodology used in this direct final rule engineering analysis is available in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD. 
b. Efficiency Levels 
For the preliminary engineering 
analysis, DOE did not specifically 
analyze different efficiency levels for combination cooler refrigeration products. DOE instead modeled sets of design options corresponding to the baseline and higher efficiencies to determine whether these products would be capable of meeting the existing energy conservation standards for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers. 
In this direct final rule, DOE is 
establishing eight product classes for combination cooler refrigeration products, representing the product types either currently available on the market or likely to be available in the future. For the purposes of the engineering analysis, DOE analyzed only the product classes with current product offerings (C–3A, C–9, and C–13A). DOE applied this analysis to the remaining similar product classes in the downstream analyses. Based on market data, DOE identified a representative total refrigerated volume and configuration for each of these three analyzed product classes, as described in Table IV.10. For all three product classes, DOE observed that the cooler compartment typically had a glass door, while the fresh food or freezer compartment had a solid door. 
TABLE IV.10—R EPRESENTATIVE COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCT CONFIGURATIONS  
Product class Cooler 
compartment 
volume 
(ft3) Fresh food 
or freezer 
compartment 
volume 
(ft3) Total 
refrigerated 
volume 
(ft3) 
C–3A ........................................................................................................................... ................. 6 6 12 
C–9 ............................................................................................................................ .................. 6 6 12 
C–13A .......................................................................................................................... ................ 1.2 3.6 4.8 
DOE then used its modeling tool 
(discussed in detail in chapter 5 of the 
direct final rule TSD) to evaluate the thermal load on a typical baseline unit (i.e., thinnest insulation and baseline 
glass for the cooler compartment). DOE assumed that a baseline refrigeration system would be equivalent to the baseline refrigeration system for a corresponding refrigerator, refrigerator- freezer, or freezer. With the estimated thermal load and refrigeration system efficiency, DOE calculated the 
associated energy performance for the baseline combination cooler refrigeration products. 
For performance at higher efficiency 
levels, DOE modeled the thermal load impacts of increased insulation thickness and improved glass door resistivity. These design changes would reduce the total thermal load for the refrigeration system to offset. At the higher efficiency levels DOE also considered improved refrigeration 
system efficiencies through higher- efficiency compressors and optimized heat exchangers, similar to the design options analyzed for coolers. DOE estimated max-tech performance by combining the lowest modeled thermal load with the highest-efficiency refrigeration system. DOE considered intermediate efficiency levels at even increments between the baseline and max-tech. For each product class, DOE 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275216 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
21See document numbers 78, 79, and 99 in 
docket ID EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043 on http://www.regulations.gov for engineering materials 
presented to the MREF Working Group. analyzed an intermediate efficiency 
level corresponding to the equivalent level of the refrigerator, refrigerator- freezer, and freezer energy conservation standards that apply to those manufacturers who have received permission to use a test procedure waiver, which provides a usage factor that compensates for the less frequent 
door openings for these products. 
Based on the updated product class 
structure and DOE’s modeling analysis, DOE analyzed the efficiency levels as shown in Table IV.11. The values corresponding to each efficiency level reflect the modeled energy use relative 
to the existing standards for the corresponding refrigerator, refrigerator- freezer, or freezer product classes, 
where 100 percent represents the current standard level for products tested according to the existing test procedure waivers. Chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD provides more information on the development of combination cooler refrigeration product efficiency levels. 
TABLE IV.11—D IRECT FINAL RULECOMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCT EFFICIENCY LEVELS  
Efficiency level Percent of DOE refrigerator 
standard equivalent 
C–3A C–9 C–13A 
Baseline ....................................................................................................................... ................ 136 145 171 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ..................... 128 128 149 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ..................... 100 106 128 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ..................... 85 100 100 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ..................... 77 85 85 
5 .............................................................................................................................. ..................... 68 77 77 
6 .............................................................................................................................. ..................... 60 68 68 
7 (Max-tech) ................................................................................................................... .............. 46 58 60 
c. Manufacturer Production Costs 
As discussed in section IV.C.2.a of 
this document, DOE did not estimate 
the increases in MPC associated with improving combination cooler refrigeration product efficiencies in the preliminary analysis. For this direct final rule, DOE extended the engineering analysis to include the development of combination cooler 
refrigeration product cost-efficiency curves. 
Because combination cooler 
refrigeration products are similar to coolers and refrigerators, DOE used data from the reverse-engineering of coolers and refrigerators to inform the cost estimates associated with design 
options. DOE also considered information from confidential manufacturer interviews to determine which design options would be appropriate for combination cooler refrigeration products and to gather feedback on cost estimates. DOE used its cost model to scale certain design options to the three typical volumes identified for each of the analyzed product classes, as described in section IV.C.2.b of this document. DOE presented its initial updates to the engineering analysis to the MREF Working Group
21and made additional 
revisions based on feedback from Working Group members. (ASRAC 
Public Meeting Transcript, No. 90 at pp. 128–135) 
To develop the cost-efficiency curves, 
DOE determined that manufacturers would likely make incremental improvements to both the thermal load and the refrigeration system when moving from baseline to max-tech. Table IV.12 presents the incremental MPCs, in 2015$, associated with these improvements for the three product classes considered in this engineering analysis. Chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD includes additional information regarding the cost- efficiency curves. 
TABLE IV.12—D IRECT FINAL RULECOMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCT COST-EFFICIENCY CURVES  
Efficiency level Incremental MPC 
C–3A C–9 C–13A 
Baseline ....................................................................................................................... ................ $0 $0 $0 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ..................... 6 15 6 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ..................... 28 45 15 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ..................... 42 47 35 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ..................... 44 50 52 
5 .............................................................................................................................. ..................... 65 60 100 
6 .............................................................................................................................. ..................... 116 132 155 
7 (Max-tech) ................................................................................................................... .............. 256 264 207 
D. Markups Analysis 
The markups analysis develops 
appropriate markups (e.g., manufacturer 
markups, retailer markups, wholesaler markups, contractor markups) in the distribution chain and sales taxes to convert the MPC estimates derived in 
the engineering analysis to consumer prices, which are then used in the LCC and PBP analysis and in the manufacturer impact analysis. At each step in the distribution channel, companies mark up the price of the 
product to cover business costs and profit margin. 
For MREFs, the main distribution 
chain goes from manufacturers to 
appliance retailers, and then to 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275217 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
22U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 Annual Retail Trade 
Survey (2012) (Available at: http://www.census.gov/ 
retail/index.html) (Last Accessed November 12, 
2015). 
23U.S. Census Bureau, 2012 Annual Wholesale 
Trade Report (2012), (Available at: http://www.census.gov/wholesale/index.html) (Last Accessed April 23, 2015). 24J.B. Greenblatt et al. U.S. Residential 
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products: Results from Amazon Mechanical Turk Surveys. 2014. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–6537E. See also S.M. Donovan, S.J. Young and J.B. Greenblatt. Ice-Making in the U.S.: Results from an Amazon Mechanical Turk Survey. 2015. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–183899. 
25For more information see: 
www.regulations.doe.gov/certification-data/CCMS- 77803762689.html. 
26Available at: https://
cacertappliances.energy.ca.gov. 
27Available at: http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-lmp/ 
index.cfm?action=app.search- recherche&appliance=REFRIGERATORS. consumers. DOE included only this 
distribution channel during the preliminary analysis. Based on feedback from manufacturers, and the MREF Working Group, DOE understands a small fraction of freestanding coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products, and all built-in coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products, go through another distribution channel, in which manufacturers sell the products to wholesalers, who in turn sell the products to retailers and then to consumers. (ASRAC Public Meeting, No. 85 at pp. 142–145) 
The manufacturer markup converts 
MPC to manufacturer selling price (‘‘MSP’’). DOE developed an average manufacturer markup by examining the annual Securities and Exchange Commission (‘‘SEC’’) 10–K reports filed by publicly-traded manufacturers engaged in producing MREFs. 
For retailers and wholesalers, DOE 
developed separate markups for baseline products (baseline markups) and for the incremental cost of more- efficient products (incremental markups). Incremental markups are coefficients that relate the change in the MSP of higher-efficiency models to the change in the retailer sales price. DOE used the 2012 Annual Retail Trade Survey
22and 2012 Annual Wholesale 
Trade Report23from the U.S. Census 
Bureau to estimate average baseline and incremental markups for retailers and wholesalers, respectively. 
Chapter 6 of the direct final rule TSD 
provides details on DOE’s development of markups for MREFs. 
E. Energy Use Analysis 
The purpose of the energy use 
analysis is to determine the annual 
energy consumption of MREFs at different efficiencies in representative U.S. households, and to assess the energy savings potential of increased MREF efficiency. The energy use analysis estimates the range of energy use of MREFs in the field (i.e., as they 
are actually used by consumers). The energy use analysis provides the basis for other analyses DOE performs, particularly assessments of the energy savings and the savings in consumer operating costs that could result from the adoption of new standards. DOE determined a range of annual 
energy use of MREFs as a function of 
unit volume. DOE developed a sample of households that use MREFs from surveys of MREF owners.
24For each 
sample household, DOE randomly assigned a product volume from the volumes analyzed in the engineering analysis. For each volume and considered efficiency level, DOE derived the energy consumption as measured by the DOE test procedure in appendix A. 
DOE developed distributions of 
product volumes for each product class based on the MREF models listed in DOE’s Compliance Certification Management System (‘‘CCMS’’) database,
25the CEC database,26the 
Natural Resources Canada (‘‘NRCan’’) database,
27as well as manufacturer and 
retailer Web sites. 
Chapter 7 of the direct final rule TSD 
provides details on DOE’s energy use analysis for MREFs. 
F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period 
Analysis 
DOE conducted LCC and PBP 
analyses to evaluate the economic impacts on individual consumers of potential energy conservation standards for MREFs. The effect of new or amended energy conservation standards on individual consumers usually involves a reduction in operating cost and an increase in purchase cost. DOE used the following two metrics to measure consumer impacts: 
•The LCC (life-cycle cost) is the total 
consumer expense of an appliance or 
product over the life of that product, consisting of total installed cost (MPC, manufacturer markups, distribution chain markups, sales tax, and installation costs) plus operating costs (expenses for energy use, maintenance, and repair). To compute the operating costs, DOE discounts future operating costs to the time of purchase and sums them over the lifetime of the product. 
•The PBP (payback period) is the 
estimated amount of time (in years) it takes consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including 
installation) of a more-efficient product through lower operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost at higher efficiency levels by the change in annual operating cost for the year that amended or new standards are assumed to take effect. 
For any given efficiency level, DOE 
measures the change in LCC relative to the LCC in the no-new-standards case, which reflects the estimated efficiency distribution of MREFs in the absence of new energy conservation standards. In contrast, the PBP for a given efficiency level is measured relative to the lowest efficiency level in the no-new-standards distribution. 
For each considered efficiency level 
in each product class, DOE calculated the LCC and PBP for a nationally representative set of housing units. As stated previously, DOE developed household samples from the results of a study on MREFs using online surveys. For each sample household, DOE determined the energy consumption for the MREFs and the appropriate electricity price. By developing a representative sample of households, the analysis captured the variability in energy consumption and energy prices associated with the use of MREFs. 
Inputs to the calculation of total 
installed cost include the cost of the product—which includes MPCs, manufacturer markups, retailer and distributor markups, and sales taxes— and installation costs. Inputs to the calculation of operating expenses include annual energy consumption, energy prices and price projections, repair and maintenance costs, product 
lifetimes, and discount rates. DOE created distributions of values for product lifetimes, discount rates, and sales taxes, with probabilities attached to each value, to account for their uncertainty and variability. 
The computer model DOE uses to 
calculate the LCC and PBP, which incorporates Crystal Ball
TM(a 
commercially-available software program), relies on a Monte Carlo simulation to incorporate uncertainty and variability into the analysis. The Monte Carlo simulations randomly sample input values from the probability distributions and MREF user samples. The model calculated the LCC and PBP for products at each efficiency level for 10,000 housing units per simulation run. 
DOE calculated the LCC and PBP for 
all consumers as if each were to purchase a new product in the expected year of compliance with new standards. In its analysis, DOE used two different 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275218 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
28Edison Electric Institute. Typical Bills and 
Average Rates Report. Winter 2014 published April 
2014, Summer 2014 published October 2014. See http://www.eei.org/resourcesandmedia/products/ Pages/Products.aspx. 29U.S. Department of Energy, Energy Information 
Administration. Form EIA–861 Annual Electric Power Industry Database. www.eia.doe.gov/cneaf/ electricity/page/eia861.html. compliance dates. For the consensus- 
recommended TSLs, the analysis is based on a 2019 compliance date, as recommended by the MREF Working Group. The analysis for all other TSLs is based on a 2021 compliance date consistent with EPCA, which provides that newly-established standards shall not apply to products manufactured within five years after the publication of the final rule. In other words, DOE followed the prescriptions of EPCA for all TSLs that were not recommended by the MREF Working Group. The two different compliance dates are indicated in the relevant sections of the results and discussed in section III.B of this document. Table IV.13 summarizes the approach 
and data DOE used to derive inputs to the LCC and PBP calculations. The subsections that follow provide further discussion. Details of the spreadsheet model, and of all the inputs to the LCC and PBP analyses, are contained in chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD and its appendices. 
TABLE IV.13—S UMMARY OF INPUTS FOR THE LCC ANDPBP A NALYSIS * 
Inputs Source/method 
Product Cost ................................... Derived by multiplying MPCs by manufacturer and retailer markups and sales tax, as appropriate. 
Installation Costs ............................. Did not include because no change with efficiency level. 
Annual Energy Use ......................... Annual weighted-average values are a function of energy use at each TSL and distribution of efficiencies 
observed on the market. 
Energy Prices .................................. Based on Edison Electric Institute (‘‘EEI’’) Typical Bills and Average Rates reports for summer and winter 
2014. 
Energy Price Trends ....................... Based on AEO 2015 price forecasts. 
Repair and Maintenance Costs ...... Did not include because no change with efficiency level. 
Product Lifetime .............................. Based on MREF Working Group feedback and values previously determined for refrigerators and freezers. 
Discount Rates ................................ Approach involves identifying all possible debt or asset classes that might be used to purchase the consid-
ered appliances, or might be affected indirectly. Primary data source was the Federal Reserve Board’s 
Survey of Consumer Finances. 
Compliance Date ............................ TSLs recommended by the MREF Working Group: 2019; Other TSLs: 2021. 
* Collectively, the references for the data sources mentioned in this table are either provided in the sections following the table or in chapter 8 
of the direct final rule TSD. 
1. Product Cost 
To calculate consumer product costs, 
DOE multiplied the MPCs developed in 
the engineering analysis by the markups described above (along with sales taxes). DOE used different markups for baseline products and higher-efficiency products, because DOE applies an incremental markup to the increase in MSP associated with higher-efficiency products. 
Historical price data specific to 
MREFs are not available. Hence, DOE used a constant price assumption as the default product price trend to project the prices of MREFs sold in each year in the forecast period. 
2. Installation Cost 
Installation cost includes labor, 
overhead, and any miscellaneous 
materials and parts needed to install the product. DOE included installation cost as part of the LCC analysis during the preliminary analysis, but the cost did not vary with efficiency levels. As part of the MREF Working Group discussions, stakeholders confirmed that installation cost for MREFs does not vary between efficiency levels. (ASRAC Public Meeting, No. 85 at pp. 155–157) As a result, DOE did not include installation cost as part of the analysis for this direct final rule. 
3. Annual Energy Consumption 
For each sampled household, DOE 
determined the energy consumption for 
MREFs at different efficiency levels using the approach described in section 
IV.E of this document. 
4. Energy Prices 
For the LCC and PBP analysis, DOE 
used average electricity prices (for 
baseline products) and marginal prices (for higher-efficiency products) which vary by region. DOE estimated these prices using data published with the EEI Typical Bills and Average Rates reports for summer and winter 2014.
28The 
report provides, for most of the major investor-owned utilities (‘‘IOUs’’) in the country, the total bill assuming household consumption levels of 500, 750, and 1,000 kWh for the billing period. 
DOE defined the average price as the 
ratio of the total bill to the total electricity consumption. DOE used the EEI data to also define a marginal price as the ratio of the change in the bill to the change in energy consumption. 
Regional weighted-average values for 
each type of price were calculated for 
the nine census divisions and four large States (CA, FL, NY and TX). Each EEI utility in a division or large State was assigned a weight based on the number of consumers it serves. Consumer counts were taken from the most recent EIA Form 861 data (2012).
29DOE 
adjusted these regional weighted- 
average prices to account for systematic differences between IOUs and publicly- owned utilities, as the latter are not included in the EEI data set. Appropriate prices were assigned to each sample household depending on its location. 
To estimate future prices, DOE used 
the projected annual changes in average residential electricity prices in the Reference case projection in AEO 2015. 
The AEO price trends do not distinguish 
between marginal and average prices, so DOE used the same trends for both. DOE reviewed the EEI data for the years 2007 to 2014 and determined that there is no systematic difference in the trends for marginal vs. average prices in the data. 
5. Maintenance and Repair Costs 
Repair costs are associated with 
repairing or replacing product 
components that have failed in an appliance; maintenance costs are associated with maintaining the operation of the product. DOE included maintenance and repair costs as part of the LCC analysis during the preliminary analysis, but the costs did not vary with efficiency levels. As part of the MREF Working Group discussions, stakeholders confirmed that maintenance and repair costs for MREFs 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275219 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
30J.B. Greenblatt et al. U.S. Residential 
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products: Results from 
Amazon Mechanical Turk Surveys. 2014. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–6537E. 
31The Federal Reserve Board, SCF 1989, 1992, 
1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010. http://
www.federalreserve.gov/pubs/oss/oss2/ scfindex.html. 32J.B. Greenblatt et al. U.S. Residential 
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products: Results from Amazon Mechanical Turk Surveys. 2014. Lawrence 
Berkeley National Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–6537E. See also S.M. Donovan, S.J. Young and J.B. Greenblatt. Ice-Making in the U.S.: Results from an Amazon Mechanical Turk Survey. 2015. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–183899. 33For more information see: 
www.regulations.doe.gov/certification-data/CCMS- 
77803762689.html. 
34Available at: https://
cacertappliances.energy.ca.gov. 
35Available at: http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-lmp/ 
index.cfm?action=app.search- recherche&appliance=REFRIGERATORS. do not vary between efficiency levels. 
(ASRAC Public Meeting, No. 85 at p. 171) As a result, DOE did not include maintenance and repair costs as part of the analysis for this direct final rule. 
6. Product Lifetime 
DOE is aware of only limited available 
data to be used in the modeling and 
analysis of MREF lifetimes. In the preliminary analysis, DOE estimated the average product lifetime for coolers based on survey data.
30However, 
several MREF Working Group members indicated that the estimated lifetime for coolers was too short and that these 
products operate using the same refrigeration technology as currently covered refrigerators and refrigerator- freezers for which the projected lifetime is much longer. (ASRAC Public Meeting, No. 85 at pp. 164–170) Therefore, as part of the MREF Working Group deliberations, DOE applied the lifetime of related refrigeration products to all MREFs in this direct final rule. 
For all full-size MREF product 
classes, DOE applied the lifetime distribution used for full-size refrigerators in the 2011 refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers final rule, with an average lifetime of 17.4 years. 76 FR 57516 (September 15, 2011). For all compact MREF product classes, DOE scaled the lifetime distribution used for compact freezers in the 2011 refrigerators, refrigerator- freezers, and freezers final rule to match the estimated 10-year average lifetime provided by the Association of Home 
Appliance Manufacturers (‘‘AHAM’’) and manufacturer feedback. (ASRAC Public Meeting, No. 85 at p. 160; ASRAC Public Meeting, No. 87 at pp. 93–94, 175–176) This resulted in an average lifetime of 10.3 years for compact MREF product classes. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD. 
7. Discount Rates 
In calculating the LCC, DOE applies 
discount rates appropriate to 
households to estimate the present value of future operating costs. DOE estimated a distribution of residential 
discount rates for MREFs based on consumer financing costs and opportunity cost of funds related to appliance energy cost savings and maintenance costs. 
To establish residential discount rates 
for the LCC analysis, DOE identified all relevant household debt or asset classes in order to approximate a consumer’s opportunity cost of funds related to appliance energy cost savings. It estimated the average percentage shares of the various types of debt and equity by household income group using data from the Federal Reserve Board’s Survey of Consumer Finances
31(‘‘SCF’’) for 
1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, and 2010. Using the SCF and other sources, DOE developed a distribution of rates for each type of debt and asset by income group to represent the rates that may apply in the year in which new standards would take effect. DOE assigned each sample household a specific discount rate drawn from one of the distributions. The average rate across all types of household debt and equity and income groups, weighted by the shares of each type, is 5.1 percent. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for further details on the development of consumer discount rates. 
8. Efficiency Distribution in the No- 
New-Standards Case 
To accurately estimate the share of 
consumers that would be affected by a potential energy conservation standard at a particular efficiency level, DOE’s LCC analysis considered the projected distribution (market shares) of product efficiencies in the no-new-standards case (i.e., the case without amended or 
new energy conservation standards). 
DOE estimated the current 
distribution of product efficiencies using product owner surveys;
32 
information from AHAM (AHAM, No. 106), and the databases maintained by DOE (CCMS),
33the CEC,34and 
NRCan;35and information from 
manufacturer and retailer Web sites and manufacturer feedback. The approach is described in chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD. DOE projected that the current distribution of product efficiencies would remain constant in future years in the absence of standards. Table IV.14 and Table IV.15 show the efficiency distributions that DOE used. 
TABLE IV.14—P ERCENTAGE OF COOLERS AT EACHEFFICIENCY LEVEL IN THE NO-NEW-STANDARDS CASE 
Efficiency level Product class 
Freestanding 
compact Built-in 
compact Freestanding Built-in 
EL0 ................................................................................................................... 10 0 3 0 
EL1 ................................................................................................................... 14 0 0 0 
EL2 ................................................................................................................... 24 0 1 0 
EL3 ................................................................................................................... 25 0 7 0 
EL4 ................................................................................................................... 9 17 28 47 
EL5 ................................................................................................................... 6 50 25 20 
EL6 ................................................................................................................... 7 17 23 27 
EL7 ................................................................................................................... 3 17 11 7  
EL8 ................................................................................................................... 2 0 1 0 
EL9 ................................................................................................................... 0 0 0 0 
EL10 ................................................................................................................. 0 0 0 0 
EL11 ................................................................................................................. 1 0 0 0 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275220 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
36DOE used data on manufacturer shipments as 
a proxy for national sales, as aggregate data on sales 
are lacking. In general one would expect a close correspondence between shipments and sales. 37J.B. Greenblatt et al. U.S. Residential 
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products: Results from Amazon Mechanical Turk Surveys. 2014. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–6537E. See also S.M. Donovan, S.J. Young and J.B. Greenblatt. Ice-Making in the U.S.: Results from an Amazon Mechanical Turk Survey. 2015. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL 183899. 
38U.S. Department of Energy-Energy Information 
Administration. Annual Energy Outlook 2015 with projections to 2040. April 2015. Washington, DC. DOE/EIA–0383 (2015). Available for download at: http://www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/. 39Dale, L. and S.K. Fujita, An Analysis of the 
Price Elasticity of Demand of Household 
Appliances. 2008. Lawrence Berkeley National 
Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–326E. 
40The NIA accounts for impacts in the 50 states 
and U.S. territories. TABLE IV.15—P ERCENTAGE OF COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS AT EACHEFFICIENCY LEVEL IN THE  
NO-NEW-STANDARDS CASE 
Efficiency level Product class 
C–3A C–3A–BI C–9 C–9–BI C–13A C–13A–BI 
EL0 ........................................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 
EL1 ........................................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 
EL2 ........................................................... 100 100 0 0 25 0 
EL3 ........................................................... 0 0 100 100 75 100 
EL4 ........................................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 
EL5 ........................................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 
EL6 ........................................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 
EL7 ........................................................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 
9. Payback Period Analysis 
The PBP is the amount of time it takes 
the consumer to recover the additional 
installed cost of more-efficient products, compared to baseline products, through energy cost savings. PBPs are expressed in years. PBPs that exceed the life of the product mean that the increased total installed cost is not recovered in reduced operating expenses. 
The inputs to the PBP calculation for 
each efficiency level are the change in total installed cost of the product and the change in the first-year annual operating expenditures relative to the baseline. The PBP calculation uses the 
same inputs as the LCC analysis, except that discount rates are not needed. 
As noted above, EPCA, as amended, 
establishes a rebuttable presumption that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing a product complying with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three times the value of the first year’s energy savings resulting from the standard, as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) For each considered efficiency level, DOE determined the value of the first year’s energy savings by calculating the energy savings in accordance with the applicable DOE test procedure, and multiplying those savings by the average energy price forecast for the year in which compliance with the new standards would be required. 
G. Shipments Analysis 
DOE uses forecasts of annual product 
shipments to calculate the national 
impacts of potential new energy conservation standards on energy use, NPV, and future manufacturer cash flows.
36The shipments model takes an 
accounting approach, tracking market shares of each product class and the 
vintage of units in the stock. Stock accounting uses product shipments as inputs to estimate the age distribution of in-service product stocks for all years. The age distribution of in-service product stocks is a key input to calculations of both the NES and NPV, because operating costs for any year depend on the age distribution of the stock. 
To estimate cooler shipments, DOE 
first estimated total stock based on 
estimates of market saturation and stock from manufacturer feedback and surveys on product ownership.
37DOE 
then estimated annual shipments by dividing the estimated stock by the average product lifetime. DOE verified that the estimated shipments agreed with estimates from AHAM. (AHAM, No. 106) DOE estimated that shipments would increase in line with the projected increase in the housing stock from the AEO 2015
38estimates in order 
to project shipments forward to 2050. DOE allocated shipments to each product class using the distribution of available models on the market and feedback from manufacturers, the MREF Working Group, and AHAM. (See, e.g., AHAM, No. 106) 
For combination cooler refrigeration 
products, DOE used manufacturer feedback from confidential interviews to estimate the number of units shipped in 2014. DOE estimated that shipments would increase in line with the increase in housing stock in the United States in order to project shipments forward to 2050. DOE used the distribution of 
available models to allocate shipments to each product class. 
MREFs are a discretionary product 
and sales would be expected to be sensitive to the product price. To estimate the effect of new standards on MREF shipments, which are expected to result in higher prices, DOE applied relative price elasticity in the shipments model. This approach gives some weight to the operating cost savings from higher-efficiency products. In general, price elasticity reflects the expectation that demand will decrease when prices increase. The price elasticity value is derived from data on refrigerators, clothes washers, and dishwashers.
39Based on evidence that 
the price elasticity of demand is significantly different over the short run and long run for other consumer goods (i.e., automobiles), DOE assumed that 
the elasticity declines over time. DOE estimated shipments in each standards case using the relative price elasticity along with the change in the product price and operating costs between a standards case and the no-new- standards case. 
For details on the shipments analysis, 
see chapter 9 of the direct final rule TSD. 
H. National Impact Analysis 
The NIA assesses the national energy 
savings (i.e., NES) and the national net 
present value (i.e., NPV) of total 
consumer costs and savings that would 
be expected to result from new or amended standards at specific efficiency levels.
40(‘‘Consumer’’ in this context 
refers to consumers of the product being regulated.) DOE calculates the NES and NPV based on projections of annual product shipments, along with the annual energy consumption and total 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275221 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
41For more information on NEMS, refer to U.S. 
Energy Information Administration Web site 
(Available at: http://www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/ assumptions/). installed cost data from the energy use 
and LCC analyses. For most of the TSLs considered in this direct final rule, DOE forecasted the energy savings, operating cost savings, product costs, and NPV of consumer benefits over the lifetime of MREFs sold from 2021–2050. For the 
TSLs that represent the MREF Working Group recommendations, DOE accounted for the lifetime impacts of MREFs sold from 2019–2048. 
DOE evaluates the impacts of new and 
amended standards by comparing a case without such standards with standards- case projections. The no-new-standards case characterizes energy use and consumer costs for each product class in the absence of new or amended energy 
conservation standards. For this projection, DOE considers historical trends in efficiency and various forces that are likely to affect the mix of efficiencies over time. DOE compares the no-new-standards case with projections characterizing the market for each product class if DOE adopted new or amended standards at specific energy efficiency levels (i.e., the TSLs or 
standards cases) for that class. For the standards cases, DOE considers how a given standard would likely affect the market shares of products with efficiencies greater than the standard. DOE uses a spreadsheet model to 
calculate the energy savings and the national consumer costs and savings from each TSL. Interested parties can review DOE’s analyses by changing various input quantities within the spreadsheet. The NIA spreadsheet model uses typical values (as opposed to probability distributions) as inputs. 
Table IV.16 summarizes the inputs 
and methods DOE used for the NIA 
analysis for this direct final rule. Discussion of these inputs and methods follows the table. See chapter 10 of the direct final rule TSD for further details. 
TABLE IV.16—S UMMARY OF INPUTS AND METHODS FOR THE NATIONAL IMPACT ANALYSIS  
Inputs Method 
Shipments ................................................ Annual shipments from shipments model. 
Compliance Date of Standard ................. TSLs recommended by the MREF Working Group: 2019; Other TSLs: 2021. 
Efficiency Trends ..................................... Constant. 
Annual Energy Consumption per Unit ..... Annual weighted-average values are a function of energy use at each TSL. 
Total Installed Cost per Unit .................... Annual weighted-average values are a function of cost at each TSL. Incorporates projection of con-
stant future product prices. 
Annual Energy Cost per Unit .................. Annual weighted-average values as a function of the annual energy consumption per unit and energy 
prices. 
Energy Prices .......................................... AEO 2015 forecasts (to 2040) and extrapolation through 2050. 
Energy Site-to-Primary and FFC Conver-
sion.A time-series conversion factor based on AEO 2015. 
Discount Rate .......................................... Three and seven percent. 
Present Year ............................................ 2016. 
1. Product Efficiency Trends 
A key component of the NIA is the 
trend in energy efficiency projected for 
the no-new-standards case and each of the standards cases. As described in section IV.F.8 of this document, DOE developed an energy efficiency distribution for the no-new-standards case (which yields a shipment-weighted average efficiency) for each of the considered product classes. Because there are no data on trends in efficiency for MREFs, DOE assumed that these efficiency distributions will remain constant throughout the analysis period. 
For the standards cases, DOE used a 
‘‘roll-up’’ scenario to establish the shipment-weighted efficiency for the year that standards are assumed to become effective (2019 for TSLs from the MREF Working Group recommendations and 2021 for other TSLs). In this scenario, the market share of products in the no-new-standards case that do not meet the standard 
under consideration would ‘‘roll up’’ to meet the new standard level, and the market share of products above the standard would remain unchanged. 
2. National Energy Savings 
The national energy savings analysis 
involves a comparison of national energy consumption of the considered 
products in each potential standards case (TSL) with consumption in the case with no new or amended energy conservation standards. DOE calculated the national energy consumption by multiplying the number of units (stock) of each product (by vintage or age) by the unit energy consumption (also by vintage). DOE calculated annual NES based on the difference in national 
energy consumption for the no-new- standards case and for each higher efficiency standard case. DOE estimated energy consumption and savings based on site energy and converted the electricity consumption and savings to primary energy (i.e., the energy 
consumed by power plants to generate site electricity) using annual marginal conversion factors derived from AEO 2015. Cumulative energy savings are the 
sum of the NES for each year over the timeframe of the analysis. 
In 2011, in response to the 
recommendations of a committee on ‘‘Point-of-Use and Full-Fuel-Cycle Measurement Approaches to Energy Efficiency Standards’’ appointed by the National Academy of Sciences, DOE announced its intention to use full-fuel- cycle (‘‘FFC’’) measures of energy use and greenhouse gas and other emissions in the national impact analyses and 
emissions analyses included in future energy conservation standards rulemakings. 76 FR 51281 (August 18, 2011). After evaluating the approaches discussed in the August 18, 2011 notice, DOE published a statement of amended policy in which DOE explained its determination that EIA’s National Energy Modeling System (‘‘NEMS’’) is the most appropriate tool for its FFC analysis and its intention to use NEMS for that purpose. 77 FR 49701 (August 17, 2012). NEMS is a public domain, multi-sector, partial equilibrium model of the U.S. energy sector
41that EIA uses 
to prepare its AEO. The approach used 
for deriving FFC measures of energy use and emissions is described in appendix 10B of the direct final rule TSD. 
3. Net Present Value Analysis 
The inputs for determining the NPV 
of the total costs and benefits 
experienced by consumers are: (1) Total annual installed cost; (2) total annual operating costs; and (3) a discount factor to calculate the present value of costs and savings. DOE calculates net savings 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275222 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
42Household refrigerator and home freezer 
manufacturing PPI series ID: PCU 335222335222 
(Available at: http://www.bls.gov/ppi/). 43United States Office of Management and 
Budget. Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis,’’ (Sept. 17, 2003), section E (Available at: www.whitehouse.gov/omb/memoranda/m03- 21.html). each year as the difference between the 
no-new-standards case and each standards case in terms of total savings in operating costs versus total increases 
in installed costs. DOE calculates operating cost savings over the lifetime of each product shipped during the forecast period. 
As discussed in section IV.F.1 of this 
document, DOE assumed a constant MREF price trend to forecast prices for each product class at each considered efficiency level throughout the analysis period. 
To evaluate the effect of uncertainty 
regarding the price trend estimates, DOE investigated the impact of different product price forecasts on the consumer NPV for the considered TSLs for MREFs. In addition to the default constant price trend, DOE considered two product price sensitivity cases: (1) A high price decline case based on the Producer Price Index (‘‘PPI’’) for household refrigerator and home freezer manufacturing from 1991 to 2014;
42and 
(2) a low price decline case based on the same PPI series from 1976 to 1990. The derivation of these price trends and the results of these sensitivity cases are described in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD. 
The operating cost savings are energy 
cost savings, which are calculated using the estimated energy savings in each year and the projected price of electricity. To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the average regional energy prices by the forecast of annual national-average residential energy price changes in the Reference case from AEO 2015, which 
has an end year of 2040. To estimate price trends after 2040, DOE used the average annual rate of change in prices from 2025 to 2040. As part of the NIA, DOE also analyzed scenarios that used inputs from the AEO 2015 Low Economic Growth and High Economic Growth cases. Those cases have higher and lower energy price trends compared to the Reference case. NIA results based on these cases are presented in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD. 
In calculating the NPV, DOE 
multiplies the net savings in future years by a discount factor to determine their present value. For this direct final rule, DOE estimated the NPV of consumer benefits using both a 3- percent and a 7-percent real discount rate. DOE uses these discount rates in accordance with guidance provided by the Office of Management and Budget (‘OMB’) to Federal agencies on the 
development of regulatory analysis.
43 
The discount rates for the determination of NPV are in contrast to the discount 
rates used in the LCC analysis, which are designed to reflect a consumer’s perspective. The 7-percent real value is an estimate of the average before-tax rate of return to private capital in the U.S. economy. The 3-percent real value represents the ‘‘social rate of time preference,’’ which is the rate at which society discounts future consumption flows to their present value. 
I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis 
In analyzing the potential impact of 
new or amended standards on 
consumers, DOE evaluates the impact on identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be disproportionately affected by a new or amended national standard, such as low-income and senior households. DOE evaluates impacts on subgroups of consumers by analyzing the LCC impacts and PBP for those particular consumers from alternative standard levels. For this final rule, DOE analyzed the impacts of the considered standard levels on two subgroups: (1) Low-income households and (2) senior- only households. The analysis used subsets of the full household sample composed of households that meet the criteria for the considered subgroups. DOE used the LCC and PBP spreadsheet model to estimate the impacts of the considered efficiency levels on these subgroups. Chapter 11 in the final rule TSD describes the consumer subgroup analysis. 
J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis 1. Overview 
DOE performed an MIA to estimate 
the potential financial impacts of energy 
conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs and to estimate the potential impacts of such standards on employment and manufacturing capacity. The MIA has both quantitative and qualitative aspects and includes analyses of forecasted industry cash flows, the INPV, investments in research and development (‘‘R&D’’) and manufacturing capital, and domestic manufacturing employment. Additionally, the MIA seeks to determine how energy conservation standards might affect manufacturing employment, capacity, and competition, as well as how standards contribute to overall regulatory burden. Finally, the MIA serves to identify any 
disproportionate impacts on manufacturer subgroups, including small business manufacturers. 
The quantitative part of the MIA 
primarily relies on the Government 
Regulatory Impact Model (i.e., GRIM), 
an industry cash flow model with inputs specific to this rulemaking. The key GRIM inputs include data on the industry cost structure, unit production costs, product shipments, manufacturer markups, and investments in R&D and manufacturing capital required to produce compliant products. The key GRIM outputs are the INPV, which is the sum of industry annual cash flows over the analysis period, discounted using the industry-weighted average cost of capital, and the impact to domestic manufacturing employment. The model uses standard accounting principles to estimate the impacts of more-stringent energy conservation standards on a given industry by comparing changes in INPV and domestic manufacturing employment between a no-new-standards case and the various TSLs. To capture the uncertainty relating to manufacturer pricing strategy following new standards, the GRIM estimates a range of possible impacts under different markup scenarios. 
The qualitative part of the MIA 
addresses manufacturer characteristics 
and market trends. Specifically, the MIA considers such factors as manufacturing capacity, competition within the industry, the cumulative impact of other DOE and non-DOE regulations, and impacts on manufacturer subgroups. The complete MIA is outlined in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. 
DOE conducted the MIA for this 
rulemaking in three phases. In Phase 1 of the MIA, DOE prepared a profile of the MREF manufacturing industry based on the market and technology assessment, preliminary manufacturer interviews, and publicly-available information. This included a top-down analysis of MREF manufacturers that DOE used to derive preliminary financial inputs for the GRIM (e.g., revenues; materials, labor, overhead, and depreciation expenses; selling, general, and administrative expenses (‘‘SG&A’’); and R&D expenses). DOE used public sources of information to further calibrate its initial characterization of MREFs, including company SEC 10–K filings, corporate annual reports, the U.S. Census 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275223 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
44U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of 
Manufactures: General Statistics: Statistics for 
Industry Groups and Industries (Available at: http:// 
factfinder.census.gov/faces/tableservices/jsf/pages/ 
productview.xhtml?pid=ASM_ 2011_
31GS101&prodType=table). 
45Hoovers Inc., Company Profiles, Various 
Companies (Available at: http://www.hoovers.com ). 
Last Accessed December 15, 2015. 46The size standards are codified at 13 CFR part 
121. The standards are listed by North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code and industry description and are available at https://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/files/Size_Standards_ Table.pdf. 47As described in section III.B of this document, 
the MREF Working Group recommended a 3-year 
compliance period for the standards recommended in Term Sheet #2. DOE analyzed these recommended standards (TSL 2 for coolers and TSL 1 for combination cooler refrigeration products) using a 3-year compliance period. DOE analyzed all other TSLs in this direct final rule (representing standards not recommended by the MREF Working Group) using a 5-year compliance period consistent with the EPCA provisions for newly-established standards. 
48Information presented during the MREF 
Working Group meeting which was a source of information for the MIA is available on http://
regulations.gov under document ID EERE–2011– 
BT–STD–0043–0104. Bureau’s Economic Census,44and 
Hoover’s reports.45 
In Phase 2 of the MIA, DOE prepared 
an industry cash-flow analysis to 
quantify the potential impacts of new energy conservation standards. The GRIM uses several factors to determine a series of annual cash flows starting with the announcement of the standard and extending over a 30-year period following the compliance date of the standard. These factors include annual 
expected revenues, costs of sales, SG&A and R&D expenses, taxes, and capital expenditures. In general, energy conservation standards can affect manufacturer cash flow in three distinct ways: (1) Create a need for increased investment; (2) raise production costs per unit; and (3) alter revenue due to higher per-unit prices and changes in sales volumes. 
In addition, during Phase 2, DOE 
conducted structured, detailed interviews with manufacturers of MREFs in order to develop other key GRIM inputs, including product and capital conversion costs, and to gather additional information on the anticipated effects of energy conservation standards on revenues, direct employment, capital assets, industry competitiveness, and subgroup impacts. Before the interviews, DOE distributed an interview guide to interviewees. The interview guides are available in appendix 12A of the direct final rule TSD. See section IV.J.3 of this document for a description of the key issues raised by manufacturers during the interviews. 
In Phase 3 of the MIA, DOE evaluated 
subgroups of manufacturers that may be disproportionately impacted by new standards or that may not be accurately represented by the average cost assumptions used to develop the industry cash flow analysis. Such manufacturer subgroups may include small business manufacturers, low- volume manufacturers (‘‘LVMs’’), niche players, and/or manufacturers exhibiting a cost structure that largely differs from the industry average. DOE identified two MREF manufacturer subgroups for which average cost assumptions may not hold: Small businesses and domestic LVMs. Small Businesses 
Manufacturers of MREFs have 
primary North American Industry 
Classification System (‘‘NAICS’’) codes of 335222, ‘‘Household Refrigerator and Home Freezer Manufacturing’’ and 333415, ‘‘Air-Conditioning and Warm Air Heating Equipment and Commercial and Industrial Refrigeration Equipment Manufacturing.’’ Based on the size standards published by the Small Business Administration (‘‘SBA’’), to be categorized as a small business manufacturer of MREFs under NAICS codes 335222 or 333415, a MREF manufacturer and its affiliates may employ a maximum of 1,250 employees or less.
46The employee threshold 
includes all employees in a business’ parent company and any other subsidiaries. Using this classification in conjunction with a search of industry databases and the SBA member directory, DOE identified one manufacturer and one importer that qualify as small businesses. 
Low-Volume Manufacturers 
In addition to the small, domestic 
businesses described above, DOE 
identified three domestic manufacturers of niche MREF products that have much lower revenues than their diversified competitors. Although these manufacturers do not qualify as small businesses under the SBA definition, they are concentrated in the production of residential refrigeration products and, in some cases, commercial refrigeration equipment. DOE subsequently assigned these manufacturers to an LVM subgroup to evaluate any disproportionate impacts of new standards for MREFs on these manufacturers. 
The MREF manufacturer subgroup 
analysis is discussed in greater detail in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD and in sections V.B.2 and VI.B of this document. 
In addition, in Phase 3 of the MIA, 
DOE used feedback obtained from manufacturer interviews to assess the impacts of new standards on direct employment and manufacturing capacity within the MREF industry, and on the cumulative regulatory burdens felt by MREF manufacturers. 
2. Government Regulatory Impact Model 
DOE uses the GRIM to quantify the 
changes in cash flow due to new 
standards that result in a higher or lower industry value. The GRIM 
analysis uses a standard annual, discounted cash-flow methodology that incorporates manufacturer costs, markups, shipments, and industry financial information as inputs. The GRIM models changes in costs, distribution of shipments, investments, and manufacturer margins that could result from new energy conservation standards. The GRIM spreadsheet uses the inputs to arrive at a series of annual cash flows, beginning in 2016 (the base year of the analysis) and continuing to 2048 (the end of the analysis period for TSLs with a 3-year compliance period) or 2050 (the end of the analysis period for TSLs with a 5-year compliance period).
47DOE calculated INPVs by 
summing the stream of annual discounted cash flows during this period. For MREF manufacturers, DOE used a real discount rate of 7.7 percent, which was derived from industry financials and feedback received during manufacturer interviews. 
The GRIM calculates cash flows using 
standard accounting principles and compares changes in INPV between the no-new-standards case and each standards case. The difference in INPV between the no-new-standards case and a standards case represents the financial impact of the new energy conversation standards on manufacturers. DOE collected this information on the critical GRIM inputs from a number of sources, including publicly-available data, interviews with manufacturers, and MREF Working Group meetings, including information gathered from manufacturers by a third-party consultant on behalf of AHAM.
48The 
GRIM results are shown in section V.B.2 of this document. Additional details about the GRIM, the discount rate, and other financial parameters can be found in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275224 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
49The information presented during the MREF 
Working Group meeting is available on http://
regulations.gov under document ID EERE–2011– 
BT–STD–0043–0104 at p. 6. 
50Id. a. Government Regulatory Impact Model 
Key Inputs 
Manufacturer Production Costs 
Manufacturing higher-efficiency 
products is typically more costly than 
manufacturing baseline products due to the use of more complex components, which are typically more expensive than baseline components. The changes in the MPC of the analyzed products can affect the revenues, gross margins, and cash flow of the industry, making these product cost data key GRIM inputs for DOE’s analysis. 
In the MIA, DOE used the MPCs for 
each considered efficiency level calculated in the engineering analysis, as described in section IV.C of this document and further detailed in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD. In addition, DOE used information from its teardown analysis, described in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD, to disaggregate the MPCs into material, labor, and overhead costs. To calculate the MPCs for products above the baseline, DOE added the incremental material, labor, and overhead costs from the engineering cost-efficiency curves to the baseline MPCs. These cost breakdowns were validated and revised based on manufacturer comments received during interviews and the MREF Working Group discussions. 
Shipments Forecasts 
The GRIM estimates manufacturer 
revenues based on total unit shipment 
forecasts and the distribution of these values by product class and efficiency level. Changes in sales volumes and efficiency mix over time can significantly affect manufacturer finances. For the MREF analysis, the GRIM used the shipments analysis to estimate shipments either from 2016 (the base year of the analysis) and continuing to 2048 (the end of the analysis period for TSLs with a 3-year compliance period) or 2050 (the end of the analysis period for TSLs with a 5- year compliance period). See chapter 9 of the direct final rule TSD for additional details. 
Conversion Costs 
A new energy conservation standard 
would cause manufacturers to incur 
one-time conversion costs to bring their production facilities and product designs into compliance. DOE evaluated the level of conversion-related expenditures that would be needed to comply with each considered efficiency level in each product class. For the MIA, DOE classified these conversion costs into two major groups: (1) Product conversion costs and (2) capital conversion costs. Product conversion 
costs are one-time investments in R&D, testing, marketing, and other non- capitalized costs necessary to make product designs comply with the new energy conservation standard. Capital conversion costs are one-time investments in property, plant, and 
equipment necessary to adapt or change existing production facilities such that products with new, compliant designs can be fabricated and assembled. 
DOE used manufacturer interviews to 
gather data needed to evaluate the level of capital conversion expenditures manufacturers would likely incur to comply with new energy conservation standards at each efficiency level for MREFs. DOE also obtained information relating to capital conversion costs from manufacturers during the MREF Working Group meetings, including information gathered from manufacturers by a third-party consultant on behalf of AHAM.
49DOE 
supplemented manufacturer comments with estimates of capital expenditure requirements derived from the engineering analysis. 
DOE assessed the product conversion 
costs at each considered efficiency level by integrating data from quantitative and qualitative sources. DOE considered market-share-weighted feedback regarding the potential cost of each efficiency level from multiple manufacturers during confidential interviews and during the MREF Working Group meetings
50to estimate 
product conversion costs, and validated those numbers against engineering estimates of redesign efforts. In general, DOE assumes that all conversion-related investments occur between the year of publication of the final rule and the year by which manufacturers must comply with the new standard. The conversion cost figures used in the GRIM can be found in section V.B.2.a of this document. For additional information on the estimated product and capital conversion costs, see chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. 
b. Government Regulatory Impact Model 
Scenarios 
Manufacturer Markup Scenarios 
To calculate the MSPs in the GRIM, 
DOE applied manufacturer markups to 
the MPCs estimated in the engineering analysis for each product class and efficiency level. Modifying these manufacturer markups in the standards case yields different sets of 
manufacturer impacts. For the MIA, DOE modeled two standards-case manufacturer markup scenarios to represent the uncertainty regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability for manufacturers following the implementation of new energy conservation standards: (1) A preservation of gross margin percentage markup scenario; and (2) a preservation of per-unit operating profit markup scenario. These scenarios lead to different manufacturer markup values that, when applied to the inputted MPCs, result in varying revenue and cash flow impacts. 
Under the preservation of gross 
margin percentage scenario, DOE applied a single uniform ‘‘gross margin percentage’’ markup across all efficiency levels, which assumes that manufacturers would be able to maintain the same amount of profit as a percentage of revenues at all efficiency levels within a product class. As production costs increase with efficiency, this scenario implies that the absolute dollar markup will increase as well. Based on publicly-available financial information for manufacturers of MREFs as well as comments from manufacturer interviews, DOE estimated the average manufacturer markups by product class as shown in Table IV.17. 
TABLE IV.17—B ASELINE  
MANUFACTURER MARKUPS  
Product class Markup 
Built-In Compact Coolers ............. 1.41 
Freestanding Compact Coolers .... 1.25 
Built-In Coolers ............................. 1.41 
Freestanding Coolers ................... 1.41 
C–3A/C–3A–BI ............................. 1.41 
C–9/C–9–BI .................................. 1.41 
C–13A/C–13A–BI ......................... 1.41 
This markup scenario assumes that 
manufacturers would be able to maintain their gross margin percentage markup as production costs increase in response to a new energy conservation standard. Manufacturers stated that this scenario is optimistic and represents a high bound to industry profitability. 
In the preservation of operating profit 
scenario, manufacturer markups are set so that operating profit one year after the compliance date of the new energy conservation standard is the same as in the no-new-standards case. Under this scenario, as the costs of production increase under a standards case, manufacturers are generally required to reduce their markups to a level that maintains no-new-standards case 
operating profit. The implicit assumption behind this markup 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275225 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
51Available at: http://www2.epa.gov/climate
leadership/center-corporate-climate-leadership-ghg- 
emission-factors-hub. 
52Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. 
Anthropogenic and Natural Radiative Forcing. In Climate Change 2013: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Chapter 8. 2013. Stocker, T.F., D. Qin, G.-K. Plattner, M. Tignor, S.K. Allen, J. Boschung, A. Nauels, Y. Xia, V. Bex, and P.M. Midgley, Editors. Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA. scenario is that the industry can only 
maintain its operating profit in absolute dollars after compliance with the new standard is required. Therefore, operating margin in percentage terms is reduced between the no-new-standards case and standards case. DOE adjusted (i.e., lowered) the manufacturer 
markups in the GRIM at each TSL to yield approximately the same earnings before interest and taxes in the standards case as in the no-new- standards case. This markup scenario represents a low bound to industry profitability under a new energy conservation standard. 
3. Manufacturer Interviews 
To inform the MIA, DOE interviewed 
several manufacturers with an estimated 
total cooler market share of approximately 25 percent and an estimated total combination cooler refrigeration products market share of 60 to 70 percent. (The remaining manufacturers in the market consist of overseas companies or those who were contacted but declined to participate.) The information gathered during these interviews enabled DOE to tailor the GRIM to reflect the unique financial characteristics of the MREF industry. These confidential interviews provided information that DOE used to evaluate the impacts of new energy conservation standards on manufacturer cash flows, 
manufacturing capacity, and employment levels. 
During the interviews, DOE asked 
manufacturers to describe the major issues they anticipate to result from new energy conservation standards for MREFs. The following sections describe the most significant issues identified by manufacturers. 
Cumulative Regulatory Burden 
During confidential interviews, 
multiple manufacturers expressed 
concerns related to the impact of cumulative regulatory burdens on the MREF industry if DOE finalizes new energy conservation standards for MREFs. Because most manufacturers produce other residential products and commercial equipment, they already face regulations by DOE, the Environmental Protection Agency (‘‘EPA’’), the European Union, and Canada, as well as third-party industry certifications and standards. Complying with various overlapping regulatory and environmental standards puts a strain on manufacturers’ resources and profitability. Additionally, smaller, domestic manufacturers of high-end MREFs expressed concern that they have significantly less human and capital resources to devote to regulatory compliance than larger, more diversified 
manufacturers. This has a direct impact on the amount of resources these companies are able to devote to product innovation, and thus MREF manufacturers expect that energy conservation standards would negatively impact their competitive position in the MREF industry. 
Manufacturer Subgroup Impacts 
Multiple manufacturers expressed 
concerns regarding the impact of new 
energy conservations standards for MREFs on smaller, domestic manufacturers (referred to as small businesses and LVMs in this direct final rule). These manufacturers stated that smaller, domestic manufacturers must devote a much larger percentage of their engineering resources to regulatory compliance than do the larger, multi- national companies selling MREFs in the United States. These manufacturers also noted that the smaller, domestic manufacturers have substantially fewer overall shipments than larger, diversified manufacturers, and MREFs 
make up a much larger portion of the smaller, domestic companies’ sales. Finally, manufacturers commented that smaller, domestic manufacturers produce high-end, niche products. Accordingly, manufacturers stated that, depending on the stringency of new energy conservation standards for MREFs, the availability of these products could be threatened if these manufacturers are forced to drop certain product lines. 
K. Emissions Analysis 
The emissions analysis consists of 
two components. The first component 
estimates the effect of potential energy conservation standards on power sector and site (where applicable) combustion emissions of CO
2, NO X, SO 2, and Hg. 
The second component estimates the impacts of potential standards on emissions of two additional greenhouse gases, CH
4and N 2O, as well as the 
reductions to emissions of all species due to ‘‘upstream’’ activities in the fuel production chain. These upstream activities comprise extraction, processing, and transporting fuels to the site of combustion. The associated emissions are referred to as upstream emissions. 
The analysis of power sector 
emissions uses marginal emissions factors that were derived from data in AEO 2015, as described in section IV.K of this document. The methodology is described in chapters 13 and 15 of the direct final rule TSD. 
Combustion emissions of CH
4and 
N2O are estimated using emissions intensity factors published by the EPA, GHG Emissions Factors Hub.
51The FFC 
upstream emissions are estimated based on the methodology described in chapter 15 of the direct final rule TSD. The upstream emissions include both emissions from fuel combustion during extraction, processing, and transportation of fuel, and ‘‘fugitive’’ emissions (direct leakage to the atmosphere) of CH
4and CO 2. 
The emissions intensity factors are 
expressed in terms of physical units per megawatt-hour (MWh) or million Btu of site energy savings. Total emissions reductions are estimated using the energy savings calculated in the NIA. 
For CH
4and N 2O, DOE calculated 
emissions reduction in tons and also in terms of units of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO
2eq). Gases are converted 
to CO 2eq by multiplying each ton of gas 
by the gas’ global warming potential (GWP) over a 100-year time horizon. Based on the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change,
52DOE used GWP values of 28 
for CH 4and 265 for N 2O. 
The AEO incorporates the projected 
impacts of existing air quality regulations on emissions. AEO 2015 generally represents current legislation and environmental regulations, including recent government actions, for which implementing regulations were available as of October 31, 2014. DOE’s estimation of impacts accounts for the presence of the emissions control programs discussed in the following paragraphs. 
SO
2emissions from affected electric 
generating units (EGUs) are subject to nationwide and regional emissions cap- and-trade programs. Title IV of the Clean Air Act sets an annual emissions cap on SO
2for affected EGUs in the 48 
contiguous States and the District of Columbia (DC). (42 U.S.C. 7651 et seq.) SO
2emissions from 28 eastern States 
and DC were also limited under the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR). 70 FR 25162 (May 12, 2005). CAIR created an allowance-based trading program that operates along with the Title IV program. In 2008, CAIR was remanded to EPA by the U.S. Court of Appeals for 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275226 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
53See North Carolina v. EPA, 550 F.3d 1176 (D.C. 
Cir. 2008); North Carolina v. EPA, 531 F.3d 896 
(D.C. Cir. 2008). 
54See EME Homer City Generation, LP v. EPA, 
696 F.3d 7, 38 (D.C. Cir. 2012), cert. granted, 81 
U.S.L.W. 3567, 81 U.S.L.W. 3696, 81 U.S.L.W. 3702 (U.S. June 24, 2013) (No. 12–1182). 
55See EPA v. EME Homer City Generation, 134 
S.Ct. 1584, 1610 (U.S. 2014). The Supreme Court held in part that EPA’s methodology for quantifying emissions that must be eliminated in certain States due to their impacts in other downwind States was 
based on a permissible, workable, and equitable interpretation of the Clean Air Act provision that provides statutory authority for CSAPR. 
56See Georgia v. EPA, Order (D.C. Cir. filed 
October 23, 2014) (No. 11–1302). 57DOE notes that the Supreme Court recently 
remanded EPA’s 2012 rule regarding national 
emission standards for hazardous air pollutants from certain electric utility steam generating units. See Michigan v. EPA (Case No. 14–46, 2015). DOE 
has tentatively determined that the remand of the MATS rule does not change the assumptions regarding the impact of energy efficiency standards on SO
2emissions. Further, while the remand of the 
MATS rule may have an impact on the overall amount of mercury emitted by power plants, it does not change the impact of the energy efficiency standards on mercury emissions. DOE will continue to monitor developments related to this case and respond to them as appropriate. 
58CSAPR also applies to NO Xand it would 
supersede the regulation of NO Xunder CAIR. As 
stated previously, the current analysis assumes that CAIR, not CSAPR, is the regulation in force. The difference between CAIR and CSAPR with regard to DOE’s analysis of NO
Xemissions is slight. the District of Columbia Circuit, but it 
remained in effect.53In 2011, EPA 
issued a replacement for CAIR, the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (CSAPR). 76 FR 48208 (August 8, 2011). On August 21, 2012, the D.C. Circuit issued a decision to vacate CSAPR,
54and the 
court ordered EPA to continue administering CAIR. On April 29, 2014, the U.S. Supreme Court reversed the judgment of the D.C. Circuit and remanded the case for further proceedings consistent with the Supreme Court’s opinion.
55On October 
23, 2014, the D.C. Circuit lifted the stay of CSAPR.
56Pursuant to this action, 
CSAPR went into effect (and CAIR ceased to be in effect) as of January 1, 2015. 
EIA was not able to incorporate 
CSAPR into AEO 2015, so it assumes 
implementation of CAIR. Although DOE’s analysis used emissions factors that assume that CAIR, not CSAPR, is the regulation in force, the difference between CAIR and CSAPR is not relevant for the purpose of DOE’s analysis of emissions impacts from energy conservation standards. 
The attainment of emissions caps is 
typically flexible among EGUs and is enforced through the use of emissions allowances and tradable permits. Under existing EPA regulations, any excess SO
2emissions allowances resulting 
from the lower electricity demand caused by the adoption of an efficiency standard could be used to permit offsetting increases in SO
2emissions by 
any regulated EGU. In past rulemakings, DOE recognized that there was uncertainty about the effects of efficiency standards on SO
2emissions 
covered by the existing cap-and-trade system, but it concluded that negligible reductions in power sector SO
2 
emissions would occur as a result of standards. 
Beginning in 2016, however, SO
2 
emissions will fall as a result of the Mercury and Air Toxics Standards (MATS) for power plants. 77 FR 9304 (Feb. 16, 2012). In the MATS rule, EPA established a standard for hydrogen chloride as a surrogate for acid gas hazardous air pollutants (HAP), and also established a standard for SO
2(a non- 
HAP acid gas) as an alternative equivalent surrogate standard for acid gas HAP. The same controls are used to reduce HAP and non-HAP acid gas; thus, SO
2emissions will be reduced as 
a result of the control technologies installed on coal-fired power plants to comply with the MATS requirements for acid gas. AEO 2015 assumes that, in order to continue operating, coal plants must have either flue gas desulfurization or dry sorbent injection systems installed by 2016. Both technologies, which are used to reduce acid gas emissions, also reduce SO
2 
emissions. Under the MATS, emissions will be far below the cap established by CAIR, so it is unlikely that excess SO
2 
emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand would be needed or used to permit offsetting increases in SO
2emissions by any 
regulated EGU.57Therefore, DOE 
believes that energy conservation standards will generally reduce SO
2 
emissions in 2016 and beyond. 
CAIR established a cap on NO X 
emissions in 28 eastern States and the District of Columbia.
58Energy 
conservation standards are expected to have little effect on NO
Xemissions in 
those States covered by CAIR because excess NO
Xemissions allowances 
resulting from the lower electricity demand could be used to permit offsetting increases in NO
Xemissions 
from other facilities. However, standards would be expected to reduce NO
Xemissions in the States not affected 
by the caps, so DOE estimated NO X 
emissions reductions from the standards considered in this direct final rule for these States. 
The MATS limit mercury emissions 
from power plants, but they do not include emissions caps and, as such, DOE’s energy conservation standards would likely reduce Hg emissions. DOE estimated mercury emissions reduction using emissions factors based on AEO 2015, which incorporates the MATS. 
L. Monetizing Carbon Dioxide and Other Emissions Impacts 
As part of the development of this 
rule, DOE considered the estimated monetary benefits from the reduced emissions of CO
2and NO Xthat are 
expected to result from each of the TSLs considered. In order to make this calculation analogous to the calculation of the NPV of consumer benefit, DOE considered the reduced emissions expected to result over the lifetime of products shipped in the forecast period for each TSL. This section summarizes the basis for the monetary values used for each of these emissions and presents the values considered in this direct final rule. 
For this direct final rule, DOE relied 
on a set of values for the social cost of carbon (SCC) that was developed by a Federal interagency process. The basis for these values is summarized in the next section, and a more detailed description of the methodologies used is 
provided as an appendix to chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD. 
1. Social Cost of Carbon 
The SCC is an estimate of the 
monetized damages associated with an 
incremental increase in carbon emissions in a given year. It is intended to include (but is not limited to) climate-change-related changes in net agricultural productivity, human health, property damages from increased flood risk, and the value of ecosystem services. Estimates of the SCC are provided in dollars per metric ton of CO
2. A domestic SCC value is meant to 
reflect the value of damages in the United States resulting from a unit change in CO
2emissions, while a global 
SCC value is meant to reflect the value of damages worldwide. 
Under section 1(b) of Executive Order 
12866, ‘‘Regulatory Planning and Review,’’ 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993), agencies must, to the extent permitted by law, ‘‘assess both the costs and the benefits of the intended regulation and, recognizing that some costs and benefits are difficult to quantify, propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs.’’ The purpose of the SCC estimates presented here is to allow agencies to incorporate the monetized social benefits of reducing CO
2emissions into 
cost-benefit analyses of regulatory actions. The estimates are presented with an acknowledgement of the many uncertainties involved and with a clear 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275227 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
59National Research Council, Hidden Costs of 
Energy: Unpriced Consequences of Energy 
Production and Use, National Academies Press: Washington, DC (2009). 60It is recognized that this calculation for 
domestic values is approximate, provisional, and 
highly speculative. There is no a priori reason why domestic benefits should be a constant fraction of net global damages over time. 
61Social Cost of Carbon for Regulatory Impact 
Analysis Under Executive Order 12866. Interagency 
Working Group on Social Cost of Carbon, United States Government (February 2010) (Available at: www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/ inforeg/for-agencies/Social-Cost-of-Carbon-for- RIA.pdf). understanding that they should be 
updated over time to reflect increasing knowledge of the science and economics of climate impacts. 
As part of the interagency process that 
developed these SCC estimates, technical experts from numerous agencies met on a regular basis to consider public comments, explore the technical literature in relevant fields, and discuss key model inputs and assumptions. The main objective of this process was to develop a range of SCC values using a defensible set of input assumptions grounded in the existing scientific and economic literatures. In this way, key uncertainties and model differences transparently and consistently inform the range of SCC estimates used in the rulemaking process. 
a. Monetizing Carbon Dioxide Emissions 
When attempting to assess the 
incremental economic impacts of CO
2 
emissions, the analyst faces a number of 
challenges. A report from the National Research Council
59points out that any 
assessment will suffer from uncertainty, speculation, and lack of information about: (1) Future emissions of GHGs; (2) the effects of past and future emissions on the climate system; (3) the impact of changes in climate on the physical and biological environment; and (4) the translation of these environmental impacts into economic damages. As a result, any effort to quantify and monetize the harms associated with climate change will raise questions of science, economics, and ethics and should be viewed as provisional. 
Despite the limits of both 
quantification and monetization, SCC estimates can be useful in estimating the social benefits of reducing CO
2 
emissions. The agency can estimate the benefits from reduced (or costs from increased) emissions in any future year by multiplying the change in emissions in that year by the SCC values appropriate for that year. The NPV of the benefits can then be calculated by multiplying each of these future benefits by an appropriate discount factor and summing across all affected years. 
It is important to emphasize that the 
interagency process is committed to updating these estimates as the science 
and economic understanding of climate change and its impacts on society improves over time. In the meantime, the interagency group will continue to explore the issues raised by this analysis and consider public comments as part of the ongoing interagency process. 
b. Development of Social Cost of Carbon 
Values 
In 2009, an interagency process was 
initiated to offer a preliminary assessment of how best to quantify the benefits from reducing carbon dioxide emissions. To ensure consistency in how benefits are evaluated across Federal agencies, the Administration sought to develop a transparent and defensible method, specifically designed for the rulemaking process, to quantify avoided climate change damages from reduced CO
2emissions. 
The interagency group did not undertake any original analysis. Instead, it combined SCC estimates from the existing literature to use as interim values until a more comprehensive analysis could be conducted. The outcome of the preliminary assessment by the interagency group was a set of five interim values: Global SCC estimates for 2007 (in 2006$) of $55, $33, $19, $10, and $5 per metric ton of CO
2. These interim values represented 
the first sustained interagency effort within the U.S. government to develop an SCC for use in regulatory analysis. The results of this preliminary effort were presented in several proposed and final rules. 
c. Current Approach and Key 
Assumptions 
After the release of the interim values, 
the interagency group reconvened on a regular basis to generate improved SCC estimates. Specially, the group considered public comments and further explored the technical literature in relevant fields. The interagency group relied on three integrated assessment models commonly used to estimate the SCC: The FUND, DICE, and PAGE models. These models are frequently cited in the peer-reviewed literature and were used in the last assessment of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). Each model was given equal weight in the SCC values that were developed. Each model takes a slightly different 
approach to model how changes in 
emissions result in changes in economic damages. A key objective of the interagency process was to enable a consistent exploration of the three models, while respecting the different approaches to quantifying damages 
taken by the key modelers in the field. An extensive review of the literature was conducted to select three sets of input parameters for these models: Climate sensitivity, socio-economic and emissions trajectories, and discount rates. A probability distribution for climate sensitivity was specified as an input into all three models. In addition, the interagency group used a range of scenarios for the socio-economic parameters and a range of values for the discount rate. All other model features were left unchanged, relying on the model developers’ best estimates and judgments. 
In 2010, the interagency group 
selected four sets of SCC values for use in regulatory analyses. Three sets of values are based on the average SCC from the three integrated assessment models, at discount rates of 2.5, 3, and 5 percent. The fourth set, which represents the 95th percentile SCC estimate across all three models at a 3- percent discount rate, was included to represent higher-than-expected impacts from climate change further out in the tails of the SCC distribution. The values grow in real terms over time. Additionally, the interagency group determined that a range of values from 7 percent to 23 percent should be used to adjust the global SCC to calculate domestic effects,
60although preference 
is given to consideration of the global benefits of reducing CO
2emissions. 
Table IV.18 presents the values in the 2010 interagency group report,
61which 
is reproduced in appendix 14A of the direct final rule TSD. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275228 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
62Technical Update of the Social Cost of Carbon 
for Regulatory Impact Analysis Under Executive 
Order 12866, Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of Carbon, United States Government (May 2013; revised July 2015) (Available at: http://www.
whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/inforeg/scc- tsd-final-july-2015.pdf). 63In November 2013, OMB announced a new 
opportunity for public comment on the interagency technical support document underlying the revised SCC estimates. 78 FR 70586. In July 2015 OMB published a detailed summary and formal response to the many comments that were received. https:// 
www.whitehouse.gov/blog/2015/07/02/estimating- benefits-carbon-dioxide-emissions-reductions. It 
also stated its intention to seek independent expert 
advice on opportunities to improve the estimates, including many of the approaches suggested by commenters. TABLE IV.18—A NNUAL SCC V ALUES FROM 2010 I NTERAGENCY REPORT , 2010–2050 
[2007$ per metric ton CO 2] 
Year Discount rate 
5% 3% 2.5% 3% 
Average Average Average 95th percentile 
2010 ............................................................................................................. 4.7 21.4 35.1 64.9 
2015 ............................................................................................................. 5.7 23.8 38.4 72.8 
2020 ............................................................................................................. 6.8 26.3 41.7 80.7 
2025 ............................................................................................................. 8.2 29.6 45.9 90.4 
2030 ............................................................................................................. 9.7 32.8 50.0 100.0 
2035 ............................................................................................................. 11.2 36.0 54.2 109.7 
2040 ............................................................................................................. 12.7 39.2 58.4 119.3 
2045 ............................................................................................................. 14.2 42.1 61.7 127.8 
2050 ............................................................................................................. 15.7 44.9 65.0 136.2 
The SCC values used for this direct 
final rule were generated using the most 
recent versions of the three integrated assessment models that have been published in the peer-reviewed literature, as described in the 2013 update from the interagency working group (revised July 2015).
62Table IV.19 shows the updated sets of SCC estimates from the latest interagency update in 5- year increments from 2010 to 2050. The full set of annual SCC estimates between 2010 and 2050 is reported in appendix 14B of the direct final rule TSD. The central value that emerges is the average SCC across models at the 3-percent discount rate. However, for purposes of 
capturing the uncertainties involved in regulatory impact analysis, the interagency group emphasizes the importance of including all four sets of SCC values. 
TABLE IV.19—A NNUAL SCC V ALUES FROM 2013 I NTERAGENCY UPDATE (REVISED JULY2015), 2010–2050 
[2007$ per metric ton CO 2] 
Year Discount rate 
5% 3% 2.5% 3% 
Average Average Average 95th percentile 
2010 ............................................................................................................. 10 31 50 86 
2015 ............................................................................................................. 11 36 56 105 
2020 ............................................................................................................. 12 42 62 123 
2025 ............................................................................................................. 14 46 68 138 
2030 ............................................................................................................. 16 50 73 152 
2035 ............................................................................................................. 18 55 78 168 
2040 ............................................................................................................. 21 60 84 183 
2045 ............................................................................................................. 23 64 89 197 
2050 ............................................................................................................. 26 69 95 212 
It is important to recognize that a 
number of key uncertainties remain, and that current SCC estimates should be treated as provisional and revisable because they will evolve with improved scientific and economic understanding. The interagency group also recognizes that the existing models are imperfect and incomplete. The National Research Council report mentioned previously points out that there is tension between the goal of producing quantified estimates of the economic damages from an incremental ton of carbon and the limits of existing efforts to model these effects. There are a number of analytical 
challenges that are being addressed by the research community, including research programs housed in many of the Federal agencies participating in the 
interagency process to estimate the SCC. The interagency group intends to periodically review and reconsider those estimates to reflect increasing knowledge of the science and economics of climate impacts, as well as improvements in modeling.
63 
In summary, in considering the 
potential global benefits resulting from reduced CO
2emissions, DOE used the values from the 2013 interagency report 
(revised July 2015), adjusted to 2015$ using the implicit price deflator for gross domestic product (GDP) from the Bureau of Economic Analysis. For each 
of the four sets of SCC cases specified, the values for emissions in 2015 were $12.4, $40.6, $63.2, and $118 per metric ton avoided (values expressed in 2015$). DOE derived values after 2050 using the relevant growth rates for the 2040–2050 period in the interagency update. 
DOE multiplied the CO
2emissions 
reduction estimated for each year by the 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275229 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
64Available at www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/ 
clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact- 
analysis. See Tables 4A–3, 4A–4, and 4A–5 in the 
report. The U.S. Supreme Court has stayed the rule implementing the Clean Power Plan until the current litigation against it concludes. Chamber of Commerce, et al. v. EPA, et al., Order in Pending 
Case, 577 U.S. ___ (2016). However, the benefit-per- 
ton estimates established in the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan are based on scientific studies that remain valid irrespective of the legal status of the Clean Power Plan. 
65For the monetized NO Xbenefits associated 
with PM 2.5, the related benefits are primarily based 
on an estimate of premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski et al. 2009), which is the lower of the two EPA central tendencies. Using the lower value is more conservative when making the policy decision concerning whether a particular standard level is economically justified. If the benefit-per-ton estimates were based on the Six 
Cities study (Lepuele et al. 2012), the values would be nearly two-and-a-half times larger. (See chapter 14 of the final rule TSD for further description of the studies mentioned above.) 66Data on industry employment, hours, labor 
compensation, value of production, and the implicit 
price deflator for output for these industries are available upon request by calling the Division of Industry Productivity Studies (202–691–5618) or by sending a request by email to dipsweb@bls.gov. 
67See Bureau of Economic Analysis, Regional 
Multipliers: A User Handbook for the Regional Input-Output Modeling System (RIMS II), U.S. Department of Commerce (1992). 
68J.M. Roop, M.J. Scott, and R.W. Schultz, ImSET 
3.1: Impact of Sector Energy Technologies, PNNL– 
18412, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory 
(2009) (Available at: www.pnl.gov/main/ publications/external/technical_ reports/PNNL- 
18412.pdf). SCC value for that year in each of the 
four cases. To calculate a present value of the stream of monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the four cases using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the SCC values in each case. 
2. Social Cost of Other Air Pollutants 
As noted previously, DOE has 
estimated how the considered energy 
conservation standards would reduce site NO
Xemissions nationwide and 
decrease power sector NO Xemissions in 
those 22 States not affected by the CAIR. 
DOE estimated the monetized value of 
NO Xemissions reductions from 
electricity generation using benefit per ton estimates from the ‘‘Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final Rule,’’ published in August 2015 by EPA’s Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards.
64The report 
includes high and low values for NO X 
(as PM 2.5) for 2020, 2025, and 2030 
using discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent; these values are presented in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD. DOE primarily relied on the low estimates to be conservative.
65DOE 
assigned values for 2021–2024 and 2026–2029 using, respectively, the values for 2020 and 2025. DOE assigned values after 2030 using the value for 2030. DOE developed values specific to the end-use category for MREFs using a method described in appendix 14C of the direct final rule TSD. 
DOE multiplied the emissions 
reduction (in tons) in each year by the associated $/ton values, and then discounted each series using discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent as appropriate. 
DOE is evaluating appropriate 
monetization of avoided SO
2and Hg 
emissions in energy conservation standards rulemakings. DOE has not included monetization of those emissions in the current analysis. 
M. Utility Impact Analysis 
The utility impact analysis estimates 
several effects on the electric power 
industry that would result from the adoption of new or amended energy conservation standards. The utility impact analysis estimates the changes in installed electrical capacity and generation that would result for each TSL. The analysis is based on published output from the NEMS associated with AEO 2015. NEMS produces the AEO 
Reference case, as well as a number of side cases that estimate the economy- wide impacts of changes to energy supply and demand. DOE uses published side cases to estimate the marginal impacts of reduced energy demand on the utility sector. These marginal factors are estimated based on the changes to electricity sector generation, installed capacity, fuel consumption and emissions in the AEO Reference case and various side cases. Details of the methodology are provided in the appendices to chapters 13 and 15 of the direct final rule TSD. 
The output of this analysis is a set of 
time-dependent coefficients that capture the change in electricity generation, primary fuel consumption, installed capacity and power sector emissions due to a unit reduction in demand for a given end use. These coefficients are 
multiplied by the stream of electricity savings calculated in the NIA to provide estimates of selected utility impacts of new or amended energy conservation standards. 
N. Employment Impact Analysis 
DOE considers employment impacts 
in the domestic economy as one factor 
in selecting a standard. Employment impacts from new or amended energy conservation standards include both direct and indirect impacts. Direct employment impacts are any changes in the number of employees of manufacturers of the products subject to standards, their suppliers, and related service firms. The MIA addresses those impacts. Indirect employment impacts are changes in national employment that occur due to the shift in expenditures and capital investment caused by the purchase and operation of more-efficient appliances. Indirect employment impacts from standards consist of the net jobs created or eliminated in the national economy, other than in the manufacturing sector being regulated, caused by: (1) Reduced spending by end users on energy; (2) reduced spending on new energy supplies by the utility industry; (3) increased consumer spending on new 
products to which the new standards apply; and (4) the effects of those three factors throughout the economy. 
One method for assessing the possible 
effects on the demand for labor of such shifts in economic activity is to compare sector employment statistics developed by the Labor Department’s Bureau of Labor Statistics (‘‘BLS’’).
66BLS 
regularly publishes its estimates of the number of jobs per million dollars of economic activity in different sectors of the economy, as well as the jobs created elsewhere in the economy by this same economic activity. Data from BLS indicate that expenditures in the utility sector generally create fewer jobs (both directly and indirectly) than expenditures in other sectors of the economy.
67There are many reasons for 
these differences, including wage differences and the fact that the utility sector is more capital-intensive and less labor-intensive than other sectors. Energy conservation standards have the effect of reducing consumer utility bills. Because reduced consumer expenditures for energy likely lead to increased expenditures in other sectors of the economy, the general effect of efficiency standards is to shift economic activity from a less labor-intensive sector (i.e., the utility sector) to more 
labor-intensive sectors (e.g., the retail 
and service sectors). Thus, based on the BLS data alone, DOE believes net national employment may increase due to shifts in economic activity resulting from energy conservation standards. 
DOE estimated indirect national 
employment impacts for the standard levels considered in this direct final rule using an input/output model of the U.S. economy called Impact of Sector Energy Technologies version 3.1.1 (‘‘ImSET’’).
68 
ImSET is a special-purpose version of the ‘‘U.S. Benchmark National Input- Output’’ (I–O) model, which was designed to estimate the national employment and income effects of energy-saving technologies. The ImSET software includes a computer-based I–O model having structural coefficients that characterize economic flows among 187 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275230 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
sectors most relevant to industrial, 
commercial, and residential building energy use. 
DOE notes that ImSET is not a general 
equilibrium forecasting model, and understands the uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Because ImSET does not incorporate price changes, the employment effects predicted by ImSET may over-estimate actual job impacts over the long run for this rule. Therefore, DOE generated results for near-term timeframes, where these uncertainties are reduced. For more details on the employment impact analysis, see chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD. V. Analytical Results and Conclusions 
The following section addresses the 
results from DOE’s analyses with 
respect to the considered energy conservation standards for MREFs. It addresses the TSLs examined by DOE, the projected impacts of each of these levels if adopted as energy conservation 
standards for MREFs, and the standards levels that DOE is adopting in this direct final rule. Additional details regarding DOE’s analyses are contained in the direct final rule TSD supporting this notice. 
A. Trial Standard Levels 
DOE analyzed the benefits and 
burdens of four TSLs for coolers and 
four TSLs for combination cooler refrigeration products. These TSLs were developed by combining specific 
efficiency levels for each of the product classes analyzed by DOE. DOE presents the results for the TSLs in this document, while the results for all efficiency levels that DOE analyzed are in the direct final rule TSD. 
Table V.1 presents the TSLs and the 
corresponding efficiency levels for coolers. TSL 4 represents the max-tech efficiency levels for all product classes. TSL 3 consists of the efficiency levels with maximum consumer NPV at 7- percent discount rate. TSL 2 corresponds to the standard levels recommended by the MREF Working Group. TSL 1 represents the current CEC energy efficiency standard for wine chillers. 
TABLE V.1—E FFICIENCY LEVELS WITHIN EACHTRIAL STANDARD LEVEL FOR COOLERS  
Product class Trial standard levels 
1 2 3 4 
Freestanding Compact Coolers ....................................................................... 4 7 9 11 
Built-in Compact Coolers ................................................................................. 4 7 9 11 
Freestanding Coolers ...................................................................................... 4 7 9 11 
Built-in Coolers ................................................................................................ 4 7 9 11 
Table V.2 presents the TSLs and the 
corresponding efficiency levels for 
combination cooler refrigeration products. TSL 4 represents the max-tech efficiency levels for all product classes. TSL 3 represents a mid-point between TSL 2 and TSL 4. TSL 2 consists of the efficiency levels with maximum consumer NPV at 7-percent discount rate. TSL 1 corresponds to the standard levels recommended by the MREF Working Group. 
TABLE V.2—E FFICIENCY LEVELS WITHIN EACHTRIAL STANDARD LEVEL FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION  
PRODUCTS  
Product class Trial standard levels 
1 2 3 4 
C–3A ................................................................................................................ 2 4 5 7 
C–3A–BI ........................................................................................................... 2 4 5 7 
C–9 * ................................................................................................................ 3 5 6 7 
C–9–BI * ........................................................................................................... 3 5 6 7 
C–13A .............................................................................................................. 3 4 6 7 
C–13A–BI ......................................................................................................... 3 4 6 7 
* Results for C–9 and C–9–BI are also applicable to C–9I and C–9I–BI. 
In its analysis of the benefits and 
burdens of each TSL, DOE used two 
different compliance dates. For the consensus-recommended TSLs, the analysis is based on a 2019 compliance date as recommended by the MREF Working Group. For all other TSLs the analysis is based on a 2021 compliance date consistent with EPCA, which provides that newly-established standards shall not apply to products manufactured within five years after the publication of the final rule. In other words, DOE followed the prescriptions 
of EPCA for all TSLs that were not recommended by the MREF Working Group. The two different compliance 
dates are indicated in the relevant sections of the results and discussed in section III.B of this document. 
B. Economic Justification and Energy 
Savings 
1. Economic Impacts on Individual 
Consumers 
DOE analyzed the economic impacts 
on MREF consumers by looking at the effects that potential new standards at each TSL would have on the LCC and PBP. These analyses are discussed below. a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period 
In general, higher-efficiency products 
affect consumers in two ways: (1) 
Purchase prices increase and (2) annual operating costs decrease. Inputs used for calculating the LCC and PBP include 
total installed costs (i.e., product price 
plus installation costs), and operating costs (i.e., annual energy use, energy 
prices, energy price trends, repair costs, and maintenance costs). The LCC calculation also uses product lifetime and a discount rate. Chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD provides detailed information on the LCC and PBP analyses. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275231 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
Table V.3 through Table V.22 show 
the LCC and PBP results for the TSL 
efficiency levels considered for each product class. In the first of each pair of tables, the simple payback is measured relative to the baseline product. In the second table, the impacts are measured relative to the efficiency distribution in the no-new-standards case in the compliance year (see section IV.F of this document). The average savings reflect the fact that some consumers purchase products with higher efficiency in the no-new-standards case, and the savings refer only to the other consumers who 
are affected by a standard at a given TSL. Consumers for whom the LCC increases at a given TSL experience a net cost. 
TABLE V.3—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR FREESTANDING COMPACT COOLERS  
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
1 ....................... 4 400 40 325 726 1.1 10.3 
2 ....................... 7 438 26 220 658 1.4 10.3 
3 ....................... 9 478 19 158 636 1.6 10.3 
4 ....................... 11 702 12 98 800 3.5 10.3 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative 
to the lowest efficiency level in the no-new-standards case efficiency distribution. 
TABLE V.4—A VERAGE LCC S AVINGS RELATIVE TO THE NO-NEW-STANDARDS CASE FOR FREESTANDING COMPACT  
COOLERS  
TSL * EL Average LCC 
savings ** 
(2015$) Percent of 
consumers 
that experience 
net cost 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 4 279 6 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 7 265 9 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 9 288 12 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 11 123 51 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The savings represent the average LCC savings for affected consumers. 
TABLE V.5—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR BUILT-INCOMPACT COOLERS  
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback ** 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
1 ....................... 4 832 45 370 1202 n.a. 10.3 
2 ....................... 7 894 30 250 1144 4.6 10.3 
3 ....................... 9 934 22 180 1114 4.4 10.3 
4 ....................... 11 1281 15 123 1404 14.8 10.3 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The PBP is measured relative to the lowest efficiency level in the no-new-standards case efficiency distribution. Calculation of PBP is not ap-
plicable (n.a.) when the efficiency level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. 
TABLE V.6—A VERAGE LCC S AVINGS RELATIVE TO THE NO-NEW-STANDARDS CASE FOR BUILT-INCOMPACT COOLERS  
TSL * EL Average LCC 
savings ** 
(2015$) Percent of 
consumers 
that experience 
net cost 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 4 n.a. 0 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 7 28 29 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 9 60 27 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 11 (230) 93 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The savings represent the average LCC savings for affected consumers. Calculation of savings is not applicable (n.a.) when the efficiency 
level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275232 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
TABLE V.7—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR FREESTANDING COOLERS  
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
1 ....................... 4 1303 58 728 2032 1.0 17.4 
2 ....................... 7 1418 38 497 1915 1.8 17.4 
3 ....................... 9 1460 28 359 1819 1.8 17.4 
4 ....................... 11 1955 17 226 2180 4.8 17.4 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative 
to the lowest efficiency level in the no-new-standards case efficiency distribution. 
TABLE V.8—A VERAGE LCC S AVINGS RELATIVE TO THE NO-NEW-STANDARDS CASE FOR FREESTANDING COOLERS  
TSL * EL Average LCC 
savings ** 
(2015$) Percent of 
consumers 
that experience 
net cost 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 4 648 0 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 7 153 22 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 9 240 9 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 11 (121) 78 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The savings represent the average LCC savings for affected consumers. 
TABLE V.9—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR BUILT-INCOOLERS  
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback ** 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
1 ....................... 4 1679 58 728 2407 n.a. 17.4 
2 ....................... 7 1785 38 497 2281 6.1 17.4 
3 ....................... 9 1819 28 359 2178 4.7 17.4 
4 ....................... 11 2372 19 248 2619 17.7 17.4 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The PBP is measured relative to the lowest efficiency level in the no-new-standards case efficiency distribution. Calculation of PBP is not ap-
plicable (n.a.) when the efficiency level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. 
TABLE V.10—A VERAGE LCC S AVINGS RELATIVE TO THE NO-NEW-STANDARDS CASE FOR BUILT-INCOOLERS  
TSL * EL Average LCC 
savings ** 
(2015$) Percent of 
consumers 
that experience 
net cost 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 4 n.a. 0 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 7 77 22 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 9 187 7 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 11 (254) 86 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The savings represent the average LCC savings for affected consumers. Calculation of savings is not applicable (n.a.) when the efficiency 
level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
TABLE V.11—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR C–3A 
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback ** 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
1 ....................... 2 5839 28 360 6199 n.a. 17.4 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275233 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
TABLE V.11—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR C–3A—Continued 
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback ** 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
2 ....................... 4 5868 22 278 6146 4.1 17.4 
3 ....................... 5 5904 20 247 6152 6.8 17.4 
4 ....................... 7 6246 13 168 6413 25.3 17.4 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The PBP is measured relative to the lowest efficiency level in the no-new-standards case efficiency distribution. Calculation of PBP is not ap-
plicable (n.a.) when the efficiency level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. 
TABLE V.12—A VERAGE LCC S AVINGS RELATIVE TO THE NO-NEW-STANDARDS CASE FOR C–3A 
TSL * EL Average LCC 
savings ** 
(2015$) Percent of 
consumers 
that experience 
net cost 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 2 n.a. 0 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 4 58 4 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 5 53 26 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 7 (209) 92 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The savings represent the average LCC savings for affected consumers. Calculation of savings is not applicable (n.a.) when an efficiency 
level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
TABLE V.13—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR C–3A–BI 
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback ** 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
1 ....................... 2 8594 32 406 9000 n.a. 17.4 
2 ....................... 4 8627 25 314 8941 4.1 17.4 
3 ....................... 5 8668 22 279 8947 6.8 17.4 
4 ....................... 7 9055 15 189 9243 25.4 17.4 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The PBP is measured relative to the lowest efficiency level in the no-new-standards case efficiency distribution. Calculation of PBP is not ap-
plicable (n.a.) when the efficiency level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. 
TABLE V.14—A VERAGE LCC S AVINGS RELATIVE TO THE NO-NEW-STANDARDS CASE FOR C–3A–BI 
TSL * EL Average LCC 
savings ** 
(2015$) Percent of 
consumers 
that experience 
net cost 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 2 n.a. 0 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 4 66 4 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 5 59 26 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 7 (237) 92 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The savings represent the average LCC savings for affected consumers. Calculation of savings is not applicable (n.a.) when an efficiency 
level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
TABLE V.15—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR C–9 
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback ** 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
1 ....................... 3 4373 36 465 4837 n.a. 17.4 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275234 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
TABLE V.15—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR C–9—Continued 
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback ** 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
2 ....................... 5 4396 29 359 4755 2.6 17.4 
3 ....................... 6 4523 26 319 4841 12.1 17.4 
4 ....................... 7 4757 22 269 5026 23.3 17.4 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The PBP is measured relative to the lowest efficiency level in the no-new-standards case efficiency distribution. Calculation of PBP is not ap-
plicable (n.a.) when the efficiency level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. 
TABLE V.16—A VERAGE LCC S AVINGS RELATIVE TO THE NO-NEW-STANDARDS CASE FOR C–9 
TSL * EL Average LCC 
savings ** 
(2015$) Percent of 
consumers 
that experience 
net cost 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 3 n.a. 0 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 5 89 0 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 6 3 62 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 7 (182) 90 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The savings represent the average LCC savings for affected consumers. Calculation of savings is not applicable (n.a.) when an efficiency 
level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
TABLE V.17—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR C–9–BI 
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback ** 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
1 ....................... 3 6438 41 530 6968 n.a. 17.4 
2 ....................... 5 6464 33 410 6874 2.6 17.4 
3 ....................... 6 6608 29 364 6972 12.0 17.4 
4 ....................... 7 6874 25 307 7181 23.2 17.4 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The PBP is measured relative to the lowest efficiency level in the no-new-standards case efficiency distribution. Calculation of PBP is not ap-
plicable (n.a.) when the efficiency level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. 
TABLE V.18—A VERAGE LCC S AVINGS RELATIVE TO THE NO-NEW-STANDARDS CASE FOR C–9–BI 
TSL * EL Average LCC 
savings ** 
(2015$) Percent of 
consumers 
that experience 
net cost 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 3 n.a. 0 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 5 102 0 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 6 4 63 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 7 (205) 90 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The savings represent the average LCC savings for affected consumers. Calculation of savings is not applicable (n.a.) when an efficiency 
level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
TABLE V.19—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR C–13A 
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
1 ....................... 3 2062 30 248 2310 4.3 10.3 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275235 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
TABLE V.19—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR C–13A—Continued 
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
2 ....................... 4 2092 26 214 2306 5.0 10.3 
3 ....................... 6 2275 21 170 2446 13.3 10.3 
4 ....................... 7 2368 18 149 2517 16.0 10.3 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative 
to the lowest efficiency level in the no-new-standards case efficiency distribution. 
TABLE V.20—A VERAGE LCC S AVINGS RELATIVE TO THE NO-NEW-STANDARDS CASE FOR C–13A 
TSL * EL Average LCC 
savings ** 
(2015$) Percent of 
consumers 
that experience 
net cost 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 3 32 6 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 4 17 44 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 6 (123) 94 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 7 (194) 96 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The savings represent the average LCC savings for affected consumers. 
TABLE V.21—A VERAGE LCC ANDPBP R ESULTS BY EFFICIENCY LEVEL FOR C–13A–BI 
TSL * EL Average costs 
(2015$) Simple payback ** 
(years) Average lifetime 
(years) 
Installed cost First year’s 
operating cost Lifetime 
operating cost LCC 
1 ....................... 3 3019 33 273 3292 n.a. 10.3 
2 ....................... 4 3054 29 235 3289 6.5 10.3 
3 ....................... 6 3261 23 187 3448 21.6 10.3 
4 ....................... 7 3366 20 164 3530 24.6 10.3 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The PBP is measured relative to the lowest efficiency level in the no-new-standards case efficiency distribution. Calculation of PBP is not 
applicable (n.a.) when the efficiency level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. 
TABLE V.22—A VERAGE LCC S AVINGS RELATIVE TO THE NO-NEW-STANDARDS CASE FOR C–13A–BI 
TSL * EL Average LCC 
savings ** 
(2015$) Percent of 
consumers 
that experience 
net cost 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 3 n.a. 0 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 4 8 49 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 6 (151) 97 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ......... 7 (232) 98 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold in 2019. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over the life-
time of products sold in 2021. 
** The savings represent the average LCC savings for affected consumers. Calculation of savings is not applicable (n.a.) when an efficiency 
level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis 
In the consumer subgroup analysis, 
DOE estimated the impact of the 
considered TSLs on low-income households and senior-only households. DOE is not presenting the consumer subgroup results in this final rule, because the household sample sizes for the above subgroups were not large enough to yield meaningful results. For information purposes, chapter 11 of the final rule TSD presents the LCC and PBP results for the subgroups. c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback 
As discussed in section III.H.2 of this 
document, EPCA establishes a rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is economically justified if the increased purchase cost for a product that meets the standard is 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275236 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
69As described in section III.B of this document, 
the MREF Working Group recommended a 3-year 
compliance period for the standards recommended in Term Sheet #2. DOE analyzed these recommended standards (TSL 2 for coolers and TSL 1 for combination cooler refrigeration products) using a 3-year compliance period. DOE analyzed all other TSLs in this direct final rule (representing standards not recommended by the MREF Working Group) using a 5-year compliance period consistent with the EPCA provisions for newly-established standards. less than three times the value of the 
first-year energy savings resulting from the standard. In calculating a rebuttable presumption payback period for each of the considered TSLs, DOE used discrete values, and, as required by EPCA, based the energy use calculation on the DOE test procedures for MREFs. Table V.23 presents the rebuttable- 
presumption payback periods for the 
considered TSLs. While DOE examined the rebuttable-presumption criterion, it considered whether the standard levels evaluated for this rule are economically justified through a more detailed analysis of the economic impacts of those levels, pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i), which considers the full range of impacts to the consumer, manufacturer, Nation, and environment. The results of that analysis serve as the basis for DOE to definitively evaluate the economic justification for a potential standard level, thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of economic justification. 
TABLE V.23—R EBUTTABLE -PRESUMPTION PAYBACK PERIOD (INYEARS ) FORMREF S 
Product class Trial standard level 
1 2 3 4 
Coolers 
Freestanding Compact Coolers ....................................................................... 1.1 1.4 1.6 3.5 
Built-in Compact Coolers ................................................................................. n.a. * 4.6 4.4 14.8 
Freestanding Coolers ...................................................................................... 1.0 1.8 1.8 4.8 
Built-in Coolers ................................................................................................ n.a. 6.1 4.7 17.7 
Combination Cooler Refrigeration Products 
C–3A ................................................................................................................ n.a. 4.1 6.8 25.3 
C–3A–BI ........................................................................................................... n.a. 4.1 6.8 25.4 
C–9 .................................................................................................................. n.a. 2.6 1 2.1 23.3 
C–9–BI ............................................................................................................. n.a. 2.6 12. 0 23.2 
C–13A .............................................................................................................. 4.3 5.0 13.3  16.0 
C–13A–BI ......................................................................................................... n.a. 6.5 21.6 24.6 
* Calculation of PBP is not applicable (n.a.) if the efficiency level is already met or exceeded in the MREF market. 
2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers 
DOE performed an MIA to estimate 
the impact of new energy conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs. The section below describes the expected impacts on manufacturers at each TSL. Chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD explains the analysis in further detail. 
a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results 
The following tables illustrate the 
estimated financial impacts (represented 
by changes in INPV) of new energy conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs, as well as the conversion costs that DOE estimates manufacturers would incur for each product class at each TSL. To evaluate the range of cash flow impacts on MREF manufacturers, DOE modeled two different markup scenarios using different assumptions that correspond to the range of anticipated market responses to potential new energy conservation standards: (1) The preservation of gross margin percentage, and (2) the preservation of per-unit operating profit. Each of these scenarios is discussed below. 
To assess the lower (less severe) end 
of the range of potential impacts, DOE modeled a preservation of gross margin percentage markup scenario, in which a uniform ‘‘gross margin percentage’’ markup is applied across all potential efficiency levels. In this scenario, DOE 
assumed that a manufacturer’s absolute dollar markup would increase as production costs increase in the standards case. During confidential interviews, manufacturers indicated that it is optimistic to assume that they would be able to maintain the same gross margin markup as their production costs increase in response to a new energy conservation standard, particularly at higher TSLs. 
To assess the higher (more severe) end 
of the range of potential impacts, DOE modeled the preservation of per-unit operating profit markup scenario, which assumes that manufacturers would be able to earn the same operating margin in absolute dollars per-unit in the standards case as in the no-new- standards case. In this scenario, while manufacturers make the necessary investments required to convert their facilities to produce new standards- compliant products, operating profit does not change in absolute dollars per unit and decreases as a percentage of revenue. 
Each of the modeled scenarios results 
in a unique set of cash flows and corresponding industry values at each TSL. In the following discussion, the INPV results refer to the difference in industry value between the no-new- standards case and each standards case that results from the sum of discounted 
cash flows from the base year 2016 through 2048 (the end of the analysis 
period for TSLs with a 3-year compliance period, as recommended by the MREF Working Group) or 2050 (the end of the analysis period for TSLs with a 5-year compliance period).
69To 
provide perspective on the short-run cash flow impact, DOE includes in the discussion of the results below a comparison on free cash flow between the no-new-standards case and the standards case at each TSL in the year before new standards would take effect. This figure provides an understanding of the magnitude of the required conversion costs relative to the cash flow generated by the industry in the 
no-new-standards case. 
DOE modeled separate INPV impacts 
for the cooler and combination cooler refrigeration product industries. Table V.24 and Table V.25 display the potential INPV impacts on the cooler industry under the preservation of gross margin markup scenario and preservation of operating profit markup 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275237 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
scenarios, respectively. Table V.26 and 
Table V.27 contain estimated INPV impacts for the combination cooler refrigeration product industry under the 
preservation of gross margin markup scenario and preservation of operating profit markup scenarios, respectively. 
TABLE V.24—M ANUFACTURER IMPACT ANALYSIS FOR COOLERS —PRESERVATION OF GROSS MARGIN PERCENTAGE  
MARKUP SCENARIO * 
Units No-new-standards case Trial standard level 
1 2 ** 3 4 
INPV .............................. 2015$ M 263.3 .................................................. 264.0 253.3 226.5 283.8 
Change in INPV ............. 2015$ M 
% ......................................................................
............................................................0.7 0.3 (10.0) 
(3.8) (36.8) 
(14.0) 20.5 
7.8 
Product Conversion 
Costs.2015$ M ............................................................ 12.1 54.8 74.6 84.1 
Capital Conversion 
Costs.2015$ M ............................................................ 13.7 19.7 63.8 105.0 
Total Conversion Costs 2015$ M ............................................................ 25.8 74.6 138.4 189.1 
Free Cash Flow in 2020 
(2018 for TSL 2).2015$ M 16.7 (16.3 for TSL 2) ......................... 7.1 (8.3) (35.2) (57.9) 
Free Cash Flow change 
from no-new-stand-ards case in 2020.
(2018 for TSL 2) ............% .......... ............................................................ (57.7) (151.0) (310.0) (446.0) 
* Values in parentheses are negative values. All values have been rounded to the nearest tenth. 
** TSL recommended by the MREF Working Group with 2019 compliance date (i.e. a 3-year compliance period); all other TSLs have a mod-
eled compliance date of 2021 (i.e. a 5-year compliance period). 
TABLE V.25 M ANUFACTURER IMPACT ANALYSIS FOR COOLERS —PRESERVATION OF OPERATING PROFIT MARKUP  
SCENARIO * 
Units No-new-standards case Trial standard level 
1 2 ** 3 4 
INPV .............................. 2015$ M 263.3 .................................................. 244.3 208.5 168.4 110.5 
Change in INPV ............. 2015$ M 
% ......................................................................
............................................................(19.0) 
(7.2) (54.8) 
(20.8) (94.8) (36.0) (152.8) 
(58.0) 
Product Conversion 
Costs.2015$ M ............................................................ 12.1 54.8 74.6 84.1 
Capital Conversion 
Costs.2015$ M ............................................................ 13.7 19.7 63.8 105.0 
Total Conversion Costs 2015$ M ............................................................ 25.8 74.6 138.4 189.1 
Free Cash Flow in 2020 
(2018 for TSL 2).2015$ M 16.7 (16.3 for TSL 2) ......................... 7.1 (8.3) (35.2) (57.9) 
Free Cash Flow change 
from no-new-stand-ards case in 2020 (2018 for TSL 2).% .......... ............................................................ (57.7) (151.0) (310.0) (446.0) 
* Values in parentheses are negative values. All values have been rounded to the nearest tenth. 
** TSL recommended by the MREF Working Group with 2019 compliance date (i.e. a 3-year compliance period); all other TSLs have a mod-
eled compliance date of 2021 (i.e. a 5-year compliance period). 
At TSL 1, DOE estimates impacts on 
INPV of cooler manufacturers to range 
from $244.3 million to $264.0 million, or a change in INPV of ¥7.2 percent to 
0.3 percent under the preservation of per-unit operating profit markup scenario and preservation of gross margin percentage markup scenario, respectively. At TSL 1, industry free cash flow is expected to decrease by approximately 57.7 percent to $7.1 
million, compared to the no-new- standards case value of $16.7 million in 2020, the year prior to the 2021 compliance year. 
An estimated 71 percent of cooler 
industry shipments are below the efficiency level corresponding to TSL 1 
(EL 4, the CEC-equivalent level for all cooler product classes). DOE estimated that compliance with TSL 1 will require a total industry investment of $25.8 million. Implicit in this estimate is that DOE expects approximately two-thirds of cooler models using non-vapor- compression refrigeration systems will switch to vapor-compression refrigeration systems to reach TSL 1. 
Industry conversion costs are related to the integration of heat pipes for a portion of the non-vapor-compression coolers remaining on the market, increased production capacity for vapor- compression coolers, and testing and marketing costs associated with all 
cooler models. 
At TSL 2, the TSL recommended by 
the MREF Working Group, DOE estimates INPV for cooler manufacturers to range from $208.5 million to $253.3 million, or a change in INPV of ¥20.8 
percent to ¥3.8 percent. At this standard level, industry free cash flow is estimated to decrease by as much as 151.0 percent to ¥$8.3 million, 
compared to the no-new-standards case value of $16.3 million in 2018, the year prior to the 2019 compliance year. 
An estimated 95 percent of cooler 
industry shipments are below the efficiency level corresponding to TSL 2 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275238 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
(EL 7 for all cooler product classes). 
DOE estimated that compliance with TSL 2 will require a total industry investment of $74.6 million. DOE assumed that, at this level, the majority of cooler models using non-vapor- compression refrigeration systems will not be able to reach TSL 2, and the corresponding share of the market will switch to coolers using vapor- compression refrigeration systems. Major sources of industry conversion costs include the integration of heat pipes and insulation changes for a portion of the non-vapor-compression coolers remaining on the market, increased production capacity for vapor- compression coolers, and testing and marketing costs associated with all cooler models. 
At TSL 3, DOE estimates impacts on 
INPV for cooler manufacturers to range from $168.4 million to $226.5 million, or a change in INPV of ¥36.0 percent 
to ¥14.0 percent. At this standard level, 
industry free cash flow is estimated to 
decrease by as much as 310.0 percent to -$35.2 million, compared to the no-new- standards case value of $16.7 million in 2020. An estimated 99 percent of cooler 
industry shipments are below the 
efficiency level corresponding to TSL 3 (EL 9 for all cooler product classes). DOE estimated that compliance with TSL 3 will require a total industry investment of $138.4 million. Again, implicit in this estimate is that the majority of cooler models using non- vapor-compression refrigeration systems will not be able to reach TSL 3, and the corresponding share of the market will switch to coolers using vapor- compression refrigeration systems. Industry conversion costs are related to the integration of heat pipes and insulation changes for all non-vapor- compression coolers remaining on the market. For vapor-compression coolers, industry conversion costs are related to improved glass, increases in insulation thickness, the integration of forced- convection evaporators, more efficient 
compressors, and increased production capacity for vapor-compression coolers. Finally, all cooler models would incur testing and marketing costs. 
At TSL 4, DOE estimates impacts on 
INPV for cooler manufacturers to range from $110.5 million to $283.8 million, or a change in INPV of ¥58.0 percent 
to 7.8 percent. At TSL 4, industry free 
cash flow is estimated to decrease by as much as 446.0 percent to ¥$57.9 million, compared to the no-new- standards case value of $16.7 million in 2020. 
Similar to TSL 3, an estimated 99 
percent of cooler industry shipments are below the efficiency level corresponding to TSL 4 (EL 11 for all cooler product classes). DOE estimated that compliance with TSL 4 will require a total industry 
investment of $189.1 million. At TSL 4, DOE assumed that none of the cooler models using non-vapor-compression refrigeration systems will be able to reach TSL 4, and the corresponding share of the market will switch to coolers using vapor-compression refrigeration systems. For vapor- compression coolers, in addition to the design changes associated with reaching TSL 3, industry conversion costs are related to improved heat exchangers, the integration of VIPs and triple-pane glass, and switching to brushless direct current (DC) condenser fan motors and variable-speed compressors. 
TABLE V.26—M ANUFACTURER IMPACT ANALYSIS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS —PRESERVATION  
OFGROSS MARGIN PERCENTAGE MARKUP SCENARIO * 
Units No-new-standards case Trial standard level 
1 ** 2 3 4 
INPV .............................. 2015$ M 108.2 .................................................. 107.6 107.5 117.7 128.5 
Change in INPV ............. 2015$ M 
% ......................................................................
............................................................(0.5) (0.5) (0.6) 
(0.6) 9.6 8.9 20.3 
18.8 
Product Conversion 
Costs.2015$ M ............................................................ 0.5 3.1 4.3 4.6 
Capital Conversion 
Costs.2015$ M ............................................................ 0.5 3.7 5.2 6.7 
Total Conversion Costs 2015$ M ............................................................ 1.0 6.8 9.5 11.3 
Free Cash Flow in 2020 
(2018 for TSL 1).2015$ M 6.9 (6.7 for TSL 1) ............................. 6.3 4.3 3.3 2.6 
Free Cash Flow change 
from no-new-stand-ards case in 2020 (2018 for TSL 1).% .......... ............................................................ (5.7) (36.9) (51.9) (62.9) 
* Values in parentheses are negative values. All values have been rounded to the nearest tenth. 
** TSL recommended by the MREF Working Group with 2019 compliance date ( i.e. a 3-year compliance period); all other TSLs have a mod-
eled compliance date of 2021 (i.e. a 5-year compliance period). 
TABLE V.27—M ANUFACTURER IMPACT ANALYSIS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS —PRESERVATION  
OFOPERATING PROFIT MARKUP SCENARIO * 
Units No-new-standards case Trial standard level 
1 * 2 3 4 
INPV .............................. 2015$ M 108.2 .................................................. 107.4 103.7 101.6 100.1 
Change in INPV ............. 2015$ M ............................................................ (0.8) (4.4) (6.5) (8.1) 
% .......... ............................................................ (0.7) (4.1) (6.0) (7.5) 
Product Conversion 
Costs.2015$ M ............................................................ 0.5 3.1 4.3 4.6 
Capital Conversion 
Costs.2015$ M ............................................................ 0.5 3.7 5.2 6.7 
Total Conversion Costs 2015$ M ............................................................ 1.0 6.8 9.5 11.3 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275239 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
70‘‘Annual Survey of Manufactures (ASM),’’ U.S. 
Census Bureau (2011) (Available at: http://
www.census.gov/manufacturing/asm/). TABLE V.27—M ANUFACTURER IMPACT ANALYSIS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS —PRESERVATION  
OFOPERATING PROFIT MARKUP SCENARIO *—Continued 
Units No-new-standards case Trial standard level 
1 * 2 3 4 
Free Cash Flow in 2020 
(2018 for TSL 1).2015$ M 6.9 (6.7 for TSL 1) ............................. 6.3 4.3 3.3 2.6 
Free Cash Flow change 
from no-new-stand-
ards case in 2020 (2018 for TSL 1).% .......... ............................................................ (5.7) (36.9) (51.9) (62.9) 
* Values in parentheses are negative values. All values have been rounded to the nearest tenth. 
** TSL recommended by the MREF Working Group with 2019 compliance date ( i.e. a 3-year compliance period); all other TSLs have a mod-
eled compliance date of 2021 (i.e. a 5-year compliance period). 
TSL 1, the MREF Working Group 
recommended level, corresponds to EL 
2 for combination cooler refrigeration product classes C–3A and C–3A–BI, and EL 3 for product classes C–9, C–9–BI, C– 13A and C–13A–BI. At TSL 1, DOE estimates INPV for combination cooler refrigeration product manufacturers to range from $107.4 million to $107.6 million, or a change in INPV of ¥0.7 percent to ¥0.5 percent, relative to the no-new-standards case. At this TSL, industry free cash flow is estimated to decrease by as much as 5.7 percent to $6.3 million, compared to the no-new- standards case value of $6.7 million in 2018, the year before the 2019 compliance year. 
An estimated 11 percent of 
combination cooler refrigeration product industry shipments are below the efficiency levels corresponding to TSL 1. Products with efficiencies below those corresponding to TSL 1 are concentrated in product class C–13A. At TSL 1, DOE estimated that manufacturers of C–13A combination cooler refrigeration products will incur conversion costs of $1.0 million in order to comply with the 2019 standard. The design changes associated with this conversion cost estimate include 
increased compressor efficiency and increased insulation thickness. 
At TSL 2, DOE estimates INPV for 
combination cooler refrigeration product manufacturers to range from $103.7 million to $107.5 million, or a change in INPV of ¥4.1 percent to ¥0.6 
percent. At this TSL, industry free cash flow is estimated to decrease by as much as 36.9 percent to $4.3 million, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $6.9 million in 2020. 
In contrast to TSL 1, an estimated 100 
percent of combination cooler refrigeration product industry shipments are below the efficiency levels corresponding to TSL 2 (EL 4 for product classes C–3A, C–3A–BI, C–13A and C–13A–BI; EL 5 for product classes C–9 and C–9–BI). DOE estimated that compliance with TSL 2 will require a 
total industry investment of $6.8 million by 2021. The design changes associated with this conversion cost estimate include increased compressor efficiency, changes to insulation thickness, and the incorporation of VIPs. 
At TSL 3, DOE estimates INPV for 
combination cooler refrigeration product manufacturers to range from $101.6 million to $117.7 million, or a change in INPV of ¥6.0 percent to 8.9 percent. At this TSL, industry free cash flow is estimated to decrease by as much as 51.9 percent to $3.3 million, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $6.9 million in 2020. 
An estimated 100 percent of 
combination cooler refrigeration product industry shipments are below the efficiency levels corresponding to TSL 3 (EL 5 for product classes C–3A, C–3A–BI; EL 6 for product classes C– 13A, C–13A–BI, C–9, and C–9–BI). DOE 
estimated that compliance with TSL 3 will require a total industry investment of $9.5 million by 2021. Again, the design changes associated with this conversion cost estimate relate increased compressor efficiency, changes to insulation thickness, and the incorporation of VIPs. Incorporation of high efficiency glass would also be required for some product classes at TSL 3. 
At TSL 4, DOE estimates INPV for 
combination cooler refrigeration product manufacturers to range from $100.1 million to $128.5 million, or a change in INPV of ¥7.5 percent to 18.8 percent. At this TSL, industry free cash flow is estimated to decrease by as much as 62.9 percent to $2.6 million, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $6.9 million in 2020. 
An estimated 100 percent of 
combination cooler refrigeration product industry shipments are below the efficiency levels corresponding to TSL 4 (EL 7 for all combination cooler product classes). DOE estimated that compliance with TSL 4 will require a total industry investment of $11.3 million by 2021. Again, the design changes associated with this conversion cost estimate relate increased compressor efficiency, changes to insulation thickness, and the incorporation of VIPs. Incorporation of high-efficiency glass would also be required for all product classes at TSL 4. 
b. Impacts on Direct Employment 
To quantitatively asses the impacts of 
energy conservation standards on direct 
employment in the MREF industry, DOE used the GRIM to estimate the domestic labor expenditures and number of employees in the no-new-standards case and at each TSL from 2016 through either 2048 or 2050, the end of the analysis period depending on the TSL. DOE used statistical data from the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2011 Annual Survey of Manufactures (‘‘ASM’’),
70the results of 
the engineering analysis, and interviews with manufacturers to determine the inputs necessary to calculate industry- wide labor expenditures and domestic employment levels. Labor expenditures related to manufacturing of the product are a function of the labor intensity of the product, the sales volume, and an assumption that wages remain fixed in real terms over time. The total labor expenditures in each year are calculated by multiplying the MPCs by the labor percentage of MPCs. 
The total labor expenditures in the 
GRIM were then converted to domestic production employment levels by dividing production labor expenditures by the annual payment per production worker (production worker hours multiplied by the labor rate found in the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2011 ASM). DOE estimates that approximately 8 percent of coolers and 43 percent of 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275240 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
combination cooler refrigeration 
products sold in the United States are manufactured domestically. The estimates of production workers in this section include line-supervisors who are directly involved in fabricating and assembling a product within the manufacturing facility. Workers performing services that are closely associated with production operations, such as materials handling tasks using forklifts, are also included as production labor. 
DOE’s estimates only account for 
production workers who manufacture the specific products covered by this 
rulemaking. Thus, the estimated number of impacted employees in the MIA is separate and distinct from the total number of employees used to determine whether a manufacturer is a small business. Finally, this analysis also does not factor in the dependence by some manufacturers on production volumes to make their operations viable. 
In the GRIM, DOE used the labor 
content of each product and manufacturing production costs from the engineering analysis to estimate the annual labor expenditures in the MREF manufacturing industry. DOE used information gained through interviews with manufacturers to estimate the portion of the total labor expenditures that can be attributed to domestic 
production labor. The employment impacts shown in Table V.28 represent the range of potential production employment impacts in the cooler industry that could result in the compliance year of new energy conservation standards and Table V.29 represents the range of potential production employment impacts in the combination cooler refrigeration product industry that could result in the compliance year of new energy conservation standards. 
The upper end of the results in the 
tables represents the maximum increase in the number of production workers after the implementation of new energy conservation standards and assumes that manufacturers would continue to produce the same covered products within the United States. This corresponds to the direct employment impacts calculated in the GRIM. In 
general, more efficient products are more complex and more labor intensive to manufacture. Per-unit labor requirements and production time requirements increase with a higher energy conservation standard. As a result, if shipments remain relatively steady, the model forecasts job growth at the upper bound of direct employment impacts. The lower bound assumes that as the 
standard increases, manufacturers 
choose to retire sub-standard product lines (or to move production of sub- standard product lines abroad) rather than invest in domestic manufacturing facility conversions and product redesigns. In this scenario, there is a 
loss of employment because manufacturers consolidate and operate fewer domestic production lines. To estimate this lower bound, DOE assumed that the percentage loss in employment relative to the no-new- standards case would be equal to the percentage of non-compliant, domestically-produced platforms relative to all domestically-produced platforms. Because this represents a worst-case scenario for employment, there is no consideration given to the fact that there may be employment growth in higher-efficiency product lines. 
DOE estimates that in the absence of 
new energy conservation standards, there would be 168 and 173 domestic production workers in the cooler industry in 2019 and 2021, respectively, and 130 and 134 domestic production workers in the combination cooler refrigeration product industry in 2019 and 2021, respectively. 
TABLE V.28—P OTENTIAL CHANGES IN THE NUMBER OF INDUSTRY PRODUCTION WORKER EMPLOYMENT FOR COOLERS IN  
COMPLIANCE YEAR* 
Trial standard level ** 
No-new-standards 
case 1 2 3 4 
Total Number of Domestic Production 
Workers in Compliance Year.173 (168 for TSL 
2).145 to 194 ............ 66 to 207 .............. 20 to 232 .............. 12 to 307 
Potential Changes in Domestic Pro-
duction Workers in Compliance 
Year............................... (28) to 21 ............. (102) to 39 ........... (153) to 59 ........... (161) to 134 
* The standards compliance year is 2019 for TSL 2, as recommended by the MREF Working Group; all other TSLs have a modeled compl i-
ance year of 2021. 
** Numbers in parentheses represent negative values. 
TABLE V.29—P OTENTIAL CHANGES IN THE NUMBER OF INDUSTRY PRODUCTION WORKER EMPLOYMENT FOR COMBINATION  
COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS IN COMPLIANCE YEAR* 
Trial standard level ** 
No-new-standards 
case 1 2 3 4 
Total Number of Domestic Production 
Workers in Compliance Year.134 (130 for TSL 
1).130 to 130 ............ 0 to 141 ................ 0 to 160 ................ 0 to 180 
Potential Changes in Domestic Pro-
duction Workers in Compliance Year............................... 0 to 0 .................... (134) to 7 ............. (134) to 26 ........... (134) to 46 
* The standards compliance year is 2019 for TSL 1, as recommended by the MREF Working Group; all other TSLs have a modeled compl i-
ance year of 2021. 
** Numbers in parentheses represent negative values. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275241 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
71This estimate is based on the LVM models for 
which energy use values are available. Direct production employment 
impacts are also detailed in chapter 12 
of the direct final rule TSD. 
DOE notes that the direct employment 
impacts discussed here are independent of the indirect employment impacts to the broader U.S. economy, which are documented in chapter 16 of the direct 
final rule TSD. 
c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity 
Based on feedback from domestic 
MREF manufacturers during 
confidential interviews and MREF Working Group meetings, DOE does not expect significant impacts on domestic manufacturing capacity for the industry as a whole to result from the standards for MREFs adopted in this direct final rule. However, at more stringent standard levels than those adopted in this direct final rule, disproportionate impacts experienced by domestic manufacturers could lead these manufacturers to abandon certain niche production lines. 
Additionally, although DOE does not 
believe the standards adopted in this direct final rule will lead to a decrease in manufacturing capacity for the MREF industry as a whole, DOE recognizes that standards will likely lead to decreased manufacturing capacity for cooler products using non-vapor- compression cooling technologies. d. Impacts on Subgroups of 
Manufacturers 
Small manufacturers, niche 
equipment manufacturers, and manufacturers exhibiting a cost structure substantially different from the industry average could be disproportionately affected by new energy conservation standards for MREFs. Using average cost assumptions developed for an industry cash-flow estimate is adequate to assess differential impacts among manufacturer subgroups. For the MREF 
industry, DOE identified and evaluated the impact of new energy conservation standards on two subgroups: Small businesses and domestic LVMs. 
Small Businesses 
The SBA defines a ‘‘small business’’ 
as having 1,250 employees or less for 
both NAICS 335222 (‘‘Household Refrigeration and Home Freezer Manufacturing’’) and NAICS 333415 (‘‘Air-Conditioning and Warm Air Heating Equipment and Commercial and Industrial Refrigeration Equipment Manufacturing’’). Based on the SBA employee threshold of 1,250 employees, DOE identified two entities involved in the sale of MREF products in the United States that qualify as small businesses. One of these businesses is a manufacturer of MREF products. The other small business imports and rebrands MREFs for sale in the United States. For a discussion of the potential impacts on the small manufacturer subgroup, see section VI.B of this document and chapter 12 of the TSD. 
Domestic, Low-Volume Manufacturers 
In addition to the small businesses 
discussed previously, DOE identified 
three domestic LVMs of MREFs that could be disproportionately affected by a DOE energy conservation standard for MREFs. Unlike the larger, diversified manufacturers selling MREFs in the United States, these businesses are highly concentrated in specific market segments (refrigeration) and/or earn a greater proportion of their sales from products covered by this rulemaking. Additionally, although the LVMs do not qualify as small businesses according to the SBA criteria discussed above (i.e., employee count exceeds 1,250), these manufacturers are significantly smaller in terms of annual revenues than the larger, diversified manufacturers selling MREFs in the United States. Table V.30 lists the range of the product offerings and annual sales figures for the LVMs. Table V.31 contains the range of annual sales figures for some of the large, diversified manufacturers selling MREFs in the U.S. market. Table V.31 also contains the range of segment concentration for these larger manufacturers. 
TABLE V.30—LVM 2014 R EVENUES AND PRODUCT OFFERINGS  
Manufacturer type Annual 
revenues 
(2015$ M) * Product offering 
LVMs .............................. 216–1,600 ** High-end, built-in or fully integrated residential refrigeration products (undercounter and standard), 
commercial refrigeration equipment, and cooking products. 
* Annual sales values are from Hoovers: http://www.hoovers.com/. 
** This range reflects parent company revenues, where an LVM is owned by another company. 
TABLE V.31—2014 R EVENUES AND SEGMENT CONCENTRATION FOR LARGE MREF M ANUFACTURERS  
Manufacturer type Annual revenues 
(2015$ M) * Concentration in 
segment containing 
residential refrigeration 
products 
Larger, Diversified Manufacturers ........................................................................................... 11, 400–150,000 5%–76% 
* Annual sales values are from Hoovers: http://www.hoovers.com./ 
Based on manufacturer feedback, DOE 
believes that the three LVMs, along with 
the small domestic manufacturer identified by DOE, are four of only five manufacturers producing MREFs domestically. In contrast, the entities with the greatest estimated overall market share in the U.S. MREF market rebrand coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products sourced from foreign original equipment manufacturers (‘‘OEMs’’). 
DOE has estimated that two of the 
LVMs and the small MREF manufacturer account for approximately 50 percent of built-in cooler basic models (both compact and full-size) that are currently available in the U.S. market. DOE estimates that the standard adopted in this direct final rule (70 percent of the CEC-Equivalent) will 
require the LVMs to update over 70 percent of their cooler models (overall, and for built-in coolers only).
71 
Additionally, two of the LVMs are the 
only manufacturers producing combination cooler refrigeration products domestically. Combined, these 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275242 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
72Estimated industry conversion expenses were 
published in the TSD for the March 2014 
commercial refrigeration energy conservation standards final rule. 79 FR 17725 (March 28, 2014). 
732008 market share estimates were published in 
the TSD for the March 2014 commercial refrigeration equipment energy conservation standards final rule. 79 FR 17725 (March 28, 2014). Estimates are from Appliance Magazine, which does not provide a precise definition of what a commercial refrigerator is. It is therefore unclear what specific types of equipment that data covers— whether it is equipment that is self-contained or 
remote condensing, or equipment with doors or without doors. 
742007 market share estimates were published in 
the TSD for the September 2011 residential refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers energy conservation standards final rule. 76 FR 
57516 (Sept. 15, 2011). two LVMs account for 40 percent of 
combination cooler refrigeration product basic models that are currently available in the United States. One of these LVMs is the only company to manufacture a combination cooler refrigeration product classified as C– 3A–BI. The other LVM produces a C– 13A–BI combination cooler refrigeration product. Both products have rated energy consumptions at the standard level established in this direct final rule. Accordingly, both manufacturers would incur product and capital conversion expenses to reach standard efficiency levels beyond those adopted in this direct final rule for combination cooler refrigeration products. 
Generally, manufacturers indicated 
during confidential interviews that the MREF products produced by the domestic LVMs are niche products and are more expensive to produce (and, therefore, have higher selling prices) than the majority of the MREFs sold in the United States. The LVMs generally utilize a two-tier distribution system for MREFs, unlike large-scale manufacturers that sell directly to large- volume retail outlets. (ASRAC Public 
Meeting, No. 85 at p. 144) Accordingly, the cost and markup structure of these two types of manufacturers are significantly different. 
Manufacturers also expressed during 
confidential interviews that LVMs (along with the small manufacturer) typically pay higher prices for components because of lower purchasing volumes, while their large 
competitors likely receive volume purchasing discounts. Despite the fact that the MREF industry as a whole is a relatively low-volume industry, larger manufacturers, with a significantly larger proportion of their total sales derived from the sale of other products (non-MREF products), are able to purchase components in high quantities due to the similarities between MREFs and the other higher-volume products they sell (e.g., refrigerators and freezers). 
Alternatively, these larger manufacturers may produce their own components in-house. 
LVMs may also be disproportionately 
affected by product and capital conversion costs. Product redesign, testing, and certification costs tend to be fixed per basic model and do not scale with sales volume. Both large manufacturers and LVMs must make investments in R&D to redesign their products, but LVMs lack the sales volumes to sufficiently recoup these upfront investments without substantially marking up their products’ selling prices. Furthermore, the LVMs and major re-branders both offer similar 
numbers of MREF basic models. Up- front capital investments in new manufacturing for each platform redesign and any depreciated manufacturing capital would be spread across a lower volume of shipments for LVMs. 
To this end, feedback from LVMs 
received during confidential interviews suggested that new energy conservation 
standards for MREFs could result in such a significant increase in their costs (both per-unit and upfront costs) that selling prices would increase beyond what consumers are willing to pay. This could cause the LVMs to discontinue certain model lines that, in turn, would negatively impact customer choice, competition, and domestic employment within the MREF industry. 
Finally, the LVMs considered in this 
analysis have fewer resources to devote 
to the cumulative regulations impacting the appliance industry. According to manufacturer feedback received during confidential interviews, the LVMs will be particularly challenged in meeting amended energy conservation standards for commercial refrigeration equipment (with an estimated compliance date of 
2017) and for residential refrigerators and freezers (with an estimated compliance date of 2020), in addition to the EPA Significant New Alternatives Policy Program (SNAP) program restrictions relating to foam blowing agents and any future restrictions relating to acceptable refrigerants for use in consumer refrigeration products. Table V.32 lists the impending DOE energy conservation standards that may have a significant impact on the MREF LVMs, the corresponding expected industry conversion costs (where available), and the LVM U.S. market share for the products being regulated. 
TABLE V.32—O THER FEDERAL ENERGY CONSERVATION STANDARDS AFFECTING MREF LVM S 
Regulation Expected 
effective 
date(s) Expected total 
industry 
investment LVM U.S. market share 
Commercial Refrigeration Equipment .......................... 2017 $184 M 
72(2012$) 41% of commercial refrigerator market.73 
Refrigerators and Freezers .......................................... 2020 TBD 75% of built-in undercounter refrigerator market; 5% 
of compact refrigerator market.74 
In summary, DOE recognizes that, 
depending on the TSL selected, new energy conservation standards may have 
disproportionate impacts on the LVMs relative to the larger, diversified competitors, and that this could impact domestic MREF production as well as the availability of certain MREF product types. In this industry, larger manufacturers may have a competitive advantage compared to the LVMs due to overall production volumes and the ability to procure components at a lower cost (either by purchasing component parts at a discount or producing components in-house). e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden 
One aspect of assessing manufacturer 
burden involves looking at the 
cumulative impact of multiple DOE standards and the regulatory actions of other Federal agencies and States that affect the manufacturers of a covered product or equipment. A standard level is not economically justified if it contributes to an unacceptable cumulative regulatory burden. While any one regulation may not impose a significant burden on manufacturers, the combined effects of several existing or impending regulations may have serious consequences for some manufacturers, groups of manufacturers, 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275243 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
or an entire industry. Multiple 
regulations affecting the same manufacturer can strain profits and lead companies to abandon product lines or markets with lower expected future returns than competing products. For these reasons, DOE conducts an analysis of cumulative regulatory burden as part of its rulemakings pertaining to appliance efficiency. DOE aims to recognize and seeks to 
mitigate the overlapping effects on 
manufacturers of new or revised DOE standards and other regulatory actions affecting the same products, components, and other equipment. DOE estimates that there are approximately 48 entities selling MREFs in the United States. Only approximately 16 of these entities are OEMs of MREF products. In addition to new energy conservation standards for MREFs, DOE identified a 
number of requirements that MREF manufacturers will face for products they manufacture approximately 3 years prior to and 3 years after the estimated compliance date of these new standards. The following section addresses key concerns that manufacturers raised during interviews regarding cumulative regulatory burden. 
TABLE V.33—O THER FEDERAL ENERGY CONSERVATION STANDARDS AFFECTING MREF M ANUFACTURERS  
Federal energy conservation standard Number of 
manufacturers * Number of 
MREF 
manufacturers 
from this 
rule ** Approx. 
standards 
year Industry 
conversion 
costs 
(millions $) Industry 
conversion 
costs/ 
revenue *** 
(%) 
Microwave Ovens 78 FR 36316 (June 17, 2013) ......... 12 2 2016 43.1 (2011$) <1 
Commercial Refrigeration Equipment 79 FR 17725 
(March 28, 2014) ........................................................ 54 3 2017 184 (2012$) 2.0 
Commercial Clothes Washers 79 FR 74492 (Decem-
ber 15, 2014) .............................................................. 6 1 2018 10.2 (2013$) 2.2 
Residential Clothes Washers 77 FR 32308 (May 31, 
2012) .......................................................................... 16 3 2018 418.5 
(2010$) † 4.8 
Residential Dehumidifiers 81 FR 38338 (June 13, 
2016) .......................................................................... 24 1 2019 52.5 (2014$) 4.5 
Residential Kitchen Ranges and Ovens †† 80 FR 
33030 (June 10, 2015) ............................................... 20 5 2019 109.9 (2014$) 1.1 
Residential Boilers 81 FR 2320 (January 15, 2016) ..... 27 1 2021 2.48 (2014$) <1 
* This column presents the total number of manufacturers identified in the energy conservation standard rule contributing to cumulative regu-
latory burden. 
** This column presents the number of manufacturers producing MREFs that are also listed as manufacturers in the listed energy c onservation 
standard contributing to cumulative regulatory burden. 
*** This column presents conversion costs as a percentage of cumulative revenue for the industry during the conversion period. The conver-
sion period is the timeframe over which manufacturers must make conversion costs investments and lasts from the announcement year of the 
final rule to the standards year of the final rule. This period typically ranges from 3 to 5 years, depending on the energy conservation standard. 
† Energy conservation standards for residential clothes washers (77 FR 32308) are tiered, with standards years of 2015 and 2018. The conver-
sion costs presented are for both the 2015 and 2018 standards. 
†† The final rule for this energy conservation standard has not been published. The compliance date and analysis of conversion costs have not 
been finalized at this time. Values in this row are estimates for the standard level proposed in the NOPR. 
In addition to Federal energy 
conservation standards, DOE identified 
other Federal-level and state-level regulatory burdens and third-party standard programs that would affect MREF manufacturers. For more details, see chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. 
DOE will evaluate its approach to 
assessing cumulative regulatory burden for use in future rulemakings to ensure that it is effectively capturing the overlapping impacts of its regulations. In particular, DOE will assess whether looking at rules where any portion of the compliance period potentially 
overlaps with the compliance period for the subject rulemaking would yield a more accurate reflection of cumulative regulatory burdens. 
3. National Impact Analysis 
a. Significance of Energy Savings 
To estimate the energy savings 
attributable to potential standards for 
MREFs, DOE compared the energy consumption of those products under the no-new-standards case to their anticipated energy consumption under each TSL. The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of products 
purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of anticipated compliance with new standards (2019– 2048 for the TSLs that represent the MREF Working Group recommendations and 2021–2050 for other TSLs). Table V.34 and Table V.35 present DOE’s projections of the national energy savings for each TSL considered for coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products, respectively. The savings were calculated using the approach described 
in section IV.H of this document. 
TABLE V.34—C UMULATIVE NATIONAL ENERGY SAVINGS FOR COOLERS  
Trial standard level * 
1 2 3 4 
Quads 
Primary energy ................................................................................................ 1.08 1.44 1.76 1.93 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275244 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
75U.S. Office of Management and Budget, 
‘‘Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis’’ (Sept. 17, 
2003) (Available at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/ omb/circulars_ a004_ a-4/). 
76Section 325(m) of EPCA requires DOE to review 
its standards at least once every 6 years, and 
requires, for certain products, a 3-year period after any new standard is promulgated before compliance is required, except that in no case may 
any new standards be required within 6 years of the compliance date of the previous standards. While adding a 6-year review to the 3-year compliance period adds up to 9 years, DOE notes that it may undertake reviews at any time within the 6 year period and that the 3-year compliance date may 
yield to the 6-year backstop. A 9-year analysis period may not be appropriate given the variability that occurs in the timing of standards reviews and the fact that for some consumer products, the compliance period is 5 years rather than 3 years. TABLE V.34—C UMULATIVE NATIONAL ENERGY SAVINGS FOR COOLERS —Continued 
Trial standard level * 
1 2 3 4 
Quads 
FFC energy ...................................................................................................... 1.13 1.51 1.84 2.02 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
TABLE V.35—C UMULATIVE NATIONAL ENERGY SAVINGS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS  
Trial standard level * 
1 2 3 4 
Quads 
Primary energy ................................................................................................ 0.000802 0.00705 0.0117 0.0153 
FFC energy ...................................................................................................... 0.000838 0.0073 7 0.0123 0.0160 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
OMB Circular A–475requires 
agencies to present analytical results, 
including separate schedules of the monetized benefits and costs that show the type and timing of benefits and costs. Circular A–4 also directs agencies to consider the variability of key elements underlying the estimates of benefits and costs. For this rulemaking, DOE undertook a sensitivity analysis using nine, rather than 30, years of product shipments. The choice of a 9-year period is a proxy for the timeline in EPCA for the review of certain energy conservation standards and potential revision of and compliance with such revised standards.
76The review 
timeframe established in EPCA is generally not synchronized with the product lifetime, product manufacturing cycles, or other factors specific to MREFs. Thus, such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any change in DOE’s analytical methodology. The NES sensitivity analysis results for coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products based on a 9-year analytical period are presented in Table V.36 and Table V.37 respectively. 
TABLE V.36—C UMULATIVE NATIONAL ENERGY SAVINGS FOR COOLERS ; NINEYEARS OF SHIPMENTS  
Trial standard level * 
1 2 3 4 
Quads 
Primary energy ................................................................................................ 0.294 0.389 0.479  0.513 
FFC energy ...................................................................................................... 0.307 0.407 0.5 00 0.537 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2027. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2029. 
TABLE V.37—C UMULATIVE NATIONAL ENERGY SAVINGS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS ; NINE 
YEARS OF SHIPMENTS  
Trial standard level * 
1 2 3 4 
Quads 
Primary energy ................................................................................................ 0.000216 0.00191 0.00317 0.00414 
FFC energy ...................................................................................................... 0.000226 0.0020 0 0.00331 0.00432 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2027. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2029. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275245 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
77U.S. Office of Management and Budget, 
‘‘Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis,’’ section E, (Sept. 17, 2003) (Available at: http://
www.whitehouse.gov/omb/circulars_ a004_ a-4/). b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs 
and Benefits 
DOE estimated the cumulative NPV of 
the total costs and savings for consumers that would result from the 
TSLs considered for MREFs. In accordance with OMB’s guidelines on regulatory analysis,
77DOE calculated 
NPV using both a 7-percent and a 3- percent real discount rate. Table V.38 and Table V.39 show the consumer NPV results with impacts counted over the lifetime of products purchased in the relevant analysis period for each TSL. 
TABLE V.38—C UMULATIVE NETPRESENT VALUE OF CONSUMER BENEFITS FOR COOLERS  
Discount rate Trial standard level * 
1 2 3 4 
Billion 2015$ 
3 percent .......................................................................................................... 8.34 11.02 1 2.19 6.83 
7 percent .......................................................................................................... 3.41 4.78 4.81 1.81 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
TABLE V.39—C UMULATIVE NETPRESENT VALUE OF CONSUMER BENEFITS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION  
PRODUCTS  
Discount rate Trial standard level * 
1 2 3 4 
Billion 2015$ 
3 percent .......................................................................................................... 0.00447 0.03 47 (0.0575) (0.142) 
7 percent .......................................................................................................... 0.00172 0.01 10 (0.0422) (0.0904) 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
The NPV results based on the 
aforementioned 9-year analytical period are presented in Table V.40 and Table V.41. As mentioned previously, such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any change in DOE’s analytical 
methodology or decision criteria. 
TABLE V.40—C UMULATIVE NETPRESENT VALUE OF CONSUMER BENEFITS FOR COOLERS ; NINEYEARS OF SHIPMENTS  
Discount rate Trial standard level * 
1 2 3 4 
Billion 2015$ 
3 percent .......................................................................................................... 2.73 3.60 3.97 2.02 
7 percent .......................................................................................................... 1.48 2.06 2.07 0.68 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2027. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2029. 
TABLE V.41—C UMULATIVE NETPRESENT VALUE OF CONSUMER BENEFITS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION  
PRODUCTS ; NINEYEARS OF SHIPMENTS  
Discount rate Trial standard level * 
1 2 3 4 
Billion 2015$ 
3 percent .......................................................................................................... 0.00142 0.01 10 ¥0.0218 ¥0.0516 
7 percent .......................................................................................................... 0.000719 0.0 0456 ¥0.0199 ¥0.0420 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2027. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2029. 
The above results reflect the use of a 
constant default trend to estimate the change in price for MREFs over the analysis period (see section IV.H.3 of this document). DOE also conducted a sensitivity analysis that considered one scenario with low price decline and one scenario with high price decline. The results of these alternative cases are 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275246 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
presented in appendix 10C of the direct 
final rule TSD. 
c. Indirect Impacts on Employment 
DOE expects energy conservation 
standards for MREFs to reduce energy 
bills for consumers of those products, with the resulting net savings being redirected to other forms of economic activity. These expected shifts in spending and economic activity could affect the demand for labor. DOE used an input/output model of the U.S. economy to estimate indirect employment impacts of the TSLs that DOE considered in this rulemaking. DOE understands that there are uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Therefore, DOE generated results within five years of the compliance date, where these uncertainties are reduced. 
The results suggest that the adopted 
standards are likely to have a negligible impact on the net demand for labor in the economy. The net change in jobs is so small that it would be imperceptible in national labor statistics and might be offset by other, unanticipated effects on 
employment. Chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD presents detailed results regarding anticipated indirect employment impacts. 
4. Impact on Utility or Performance of 
Products 
As discussed in section IV.A.2.a of 
this document and chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD, DOE has concluded that the standards adopted in this direct final rule would not reduce the utility or performance of the MREFs under consideration in this rulemaking. Manufacturers of these products currently offer units that meet or exceed the adopted standards. 
5. Impact of Any Lessening of 
Competition 
As discussed in section III.H.1.e of 
this document, the Attorney General of the United States (Attorney General) determines the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result from a proposed standard and transmits such determination in writing to the Secretary, together with an analysis of the nature and extent of the impact. DOE published a proposed rule containing energy conservation standards identical to those set forth in this direct final rule and transmitted a copy of this direct final rule and the accompanying TSD to the Attorney General, requesting that DOJ provide its determination on this issue. DOE will consider DOJ’s comments on the rule in determining whether to proceed with the direct final rule. DOE will also publish and respond to DOJ’s comments in the Federal Register in a separate document. 
6. Need of the Nation To Conserve 
Energy 
Enhanced energy efficiency, where 
economically justified, improves the Nation’s energy security, strengthens the 
economy, and reduces the environmental impacts (costs) of energy production. Reduced electricity demand due to energy conservation standards is also likely to reduce the cost of maintaining the reliability of the electricity system, particularly during peak-load periods. As a measure of this reduced demand, chapter 15 in the direct final rule TSD presents the estimated reduction in generating capacity, relative to the no-new- standards case, for the TSLs that DOE considered in this rulemaking. 
Energy conservation resulting from 
new standards for MREFs is expected to yield environmental benefits in the form of reduced emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases. Table V.42 and Table V.43 provide DOE’s estimate of cumulative emissions reductions expected to result from the TSLs considered in this rulemaking. The tables include both power sector emissions and upstream emissions. The emissions were calculated using the multipliers discussed in section IV.K of this document. DOE reports annual emissions reductions for each TSL in chapter 13 of the direct final rule TSD. The energy conservation standards being adopted by this direct final rule are economically justified under EPCA with regard to the added benefits achieved through reduced emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases. 
TABLE V.42—C UMULATIVE EMISSIONS REDUCTION FOR COOLERS  
Trial standard level * 
1 2 3 4 
Power Sector Emissions 
CO 2(million metric tons) ................................................................................. 64.3 87.0 104.7 114.9 
SO2(thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 38.7 53.1 63.0 69.1 
NO X(thousand tons) ....................................................................................... 70.7 95.1 115.1 126.3 
Hg (tons) .......................................................................................................... 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 
CH4(thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 5.6 7.6 9.0 9.9 
N2O (thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.8 1.1 1.3 1.4 
Upstream Emissions 
CO 2(million metric tons) ................................................................................. 3.6 4.8 5.9 6.4 
SO2(thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.2 
NO X(thousand tons) ....................................................................................... 51.7 68.7 84.2 92.5 
Hg (tons) .......................................................................................................... 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 
CH4(thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 285.6 379.5 465.3 510.9 
N2O (thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 
Total FFC Emissions 
CO 2(million metric tons) ................................................................................. 67.9 91.8 110.6 121.3 
SO2(thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 39.4 54.0 64.1 70.3 
NO X(thousand tons) ....................................................................................... 122.4 163.9 199.4 218.8 
Hg (tons) .......................................................................................................... 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 
CH4(thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 291.1 387.1 474.3 520.9 
CH4(thousand tons CO 2eq) ** ........................................................................ 8151.8 10839.3 13281.4 14583.8 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00054 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275247 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
TABLE V.42—C UMULATIVE EMISSIONS REDUCTION FOR COOLERS —Continued 
Trial standard level * 
1 2 3 4 
N2O (thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.8 1.1 1.3 1.5 
N2O (thousand tons CO 2eq) ** ........................................................................ 217.0 296.9 353.4 387.2 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
** CO 2eq is the quantity of CO 2that would have the same global warming potential (GWP). 
TABLE V.43—C UMULATIVE EMISSIONS REDUCTION FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS  
Trial standard level * 
1 2 3 4 
Power Sector Emissions 
CO 2(million metric tons) ................................................................................. 0.0483 0.4173 0.6941 0.9075 
SO2(thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.0295 0.2501 0.4163 0.5440 
NO X(thousand tons) ....................................................................................... 0.0528 0.4595 0.7640 0.9991 
Hg (tons) .......................................................................................................... 0.0001 0.0009 0.0015  0.0020 
CH4(thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.0042 0.0359 0.0597 0.0781 
N2O (thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.0006 0.0051 0.0085 0.0110 
Upstream Emissions 
CO 2(million metric tons) ................................................................................. 0.0027 0.0235 0.0391 0.0512 
SO2(thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.0005 0.0043 0.0072 0.0095 
NO X(thousand tons) ....................................................................................... 0.0382 0.3377 0.5610 0.7341 
Hg (tons) .......................................................................................................... 0.000001 0.000009 0.000016 0.000021 
CH4(thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.2107 1.8657 3.0996 4.0559 
N2O (thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.00002 0.0002 0.0004 0.0005 
Total FFC Emissions 
CO 2(million metric tons) ................................................................................. 0.051 0.441 0.733 0.959 
SO2(thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.030 0.254 0.423 0.553 
NO X(thousand tons) ....................................................................................... 0.091 0.797 1.325 1.733 
Hg (tons) .......................................................................................................... 0.0001 0.001 0.002 0 .002 
CH4(thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.215 1.902 3.159 4.134 
CH4(thousand tons CO 2eq) ** ........................................................................ 6.02 53.24 88.46 115.75 
N2O (thousand tons) ........................................................................................ 0.001 0.005 0.009 0.012 
N2O (thousand tons CO 2eq) ** ........................................................................ 0.165 1.403 2.335 3.052 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
** CO 2eq is the quantity of CO 2that would have the same global warming potential (GWP). 
As part of the analysis for this rule, 
DOE estimated monetary benefits likely 
to result from the reduced emissions of CO
2and NO Xthat DOE estimated for 
each of the considered TSLs for MREFs. 
As discussed in section IV.L of this document, for CO
2,DOE used the most 
recent values for the SCC developed by an interagency process. The four sets of SCC values for CO
2emissions 
reductions in 2015 resulting from that process (expressed in 2015$) are represented by $12.4/metric ton (the average value from a distribution that uses a 5-percent discount rate), $40.6/ 
metric ton (the average value from a distribution that uses a 3-percent discount rate), $63.2/metric ton (the average value from a distribution that uses a 2.5-percent discount rate), and $118/metric ton (the 95th-percentile value from a distribution that uses a 3- percent discount rate). The values for later years are higher due to increasing damages (public health, economic and environmental) as the projected magnitude of climate change increases. Table V.44 and Table V.45 present the 
global value of CO
2emissions 
reductions at each TSL. For each of the four cases, DOE calculated a present value of the stream of annual values using the same discount rate as was used in the studies upon which the dollar-per-ton values are based. DOE calculated domestic values as a range from 7 percent to 23 percent of the global values; these results are presented in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275248 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
TABLE V.44—E STIMATES OF GLOBAL PRESENT VALUE OF CO 2EMISSIONS REDUCTION FOR COOLERS  
TSL ** SCC Case * 
Million 2015$ 
5% discount rate, 
average 3% discount rate, 
average 2.5% discount 
rate, average 3% discount rate, 
95th percentile 
Power Sector Emissions 
1 ....................................................................................................... 453 2073 3292 6321 
2 ....................................................................................................... 644 2886 4561 8787 
3 ....................................................................................................... 737 3373 5358 10285 
4 ....................................................................................................... 805 3691 5865 11255 
Upstream Emissions 
1 ....................................................................................................... 25 115 183 351 
2 ....................................................................................................... 35 157 249 480 
3 ....................................................................................................... 41 187 298 572 
4 ....................................................................................................... 44 205 327 627 
Total FFC Emissions 
1 ....................................................................................................... 478 2189 3476 6673 
2 ....................................................................................................... 679 3044 4810 9266 
3 ....................................................................................................... 777 3561 5656 10856 
4 ....................................................................................................... 849 3897 6192 11882 
* For each of the four cases, the corresponding SCC value for emissions in 2015 is $12.4, $40.6, $63.2, and $118 per metric ton (2015$). The 
values are for CO 2only (i.e., not CO 2eq of other greenhouse gases). 
** For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
TABLE V.45—E STIMATES OF GLOBAL PRESENT VALUE OF CO 2EMISSIONS REDUCTION FOR COMBINATION COOLER  
REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS  
TSL ** SCC Case * 
Million 2015$ 
5% discount rate, 
average 3% discount rate, 
average 2.5% discount 
rate, average 3% discount rate, 
95th percentile 
Power Sector Emissions 
1 ....................................................................................................... 0.36 1.60 2.54 4.89 
2 ....................................................................................................... 2.84 13.15 20.95 40.08 
3 ....................................................................................................... 4.75 21.96 34.97 66.95 
4 ....................................................................................................... 6.18 28.64 45.63 87.31 
Upstream Emissions 
1 ....................................................................................................... 0.02 0.09 0.14 0.27 
2 ....................................................................................................... 0.16 0.74 1.17 2.24 
3 ....................................................................................................... 0.26 1.23 1.96 3.74 
4 ....................................................................................................... 0.34 1.60 2.55 4.88 
Total FFC Emissions 
1 ....................................................................................................... 0.38 1.69 2.67 5.15 
2 ....................................................................................................... 2.99 13.88 22.13 42.32 
3 ....................................................................................................... 5.01 23.19 36.93 70.69 
4 ....................................................................................................... 6.53 30.24 48.18 92.19 
* For each of the four cases, the corresponding SCC value for emissions in 2015 is $12.4, $40.6, $63.2, and $118 per metric ton (2015$). The 
values are for CO 2only (i.e., not CO 2eq of other greenhouse gases). 
** For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
DOE is well aware that scientific and 
economic knowledge about the 
contribution of CO 2and other GHG 
emissions to changes in the future global climate and the potential resulting damages to the world economy continues to evolve rapidly. Thus, any value placed on reduced CO
2emissions 
in this rulemaking is subject to change. DOE, together with other Federal agencies, will continue to review various methodologies for estimating the monetary value of reductions in CO
2 
and other GHG emissions. This ongoing review will consider the comments on 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275249 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
this subject that are part of the public 
record for this and other rulemakings, as well as other methodological assumptions and issues. However, consistent with DOE’s legal obligations, and taking into account the uncertainty involved with this particular issue, DOE has included in this rule the most recent values and analyses resulting from the interagency review process. 
DOE also estimated the cumulative 
monetary value of the economic benefits associated with NO
Xemissions 
reductions anticipated to result from the considered TSLs for MREFs. The dollar- per-ton value that DOE used is discussed in section IV.L of this document. Table V.46 and Table V.47 present the cumulative present values for NO
Xemissions for each TSL, for 
coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products respectively, calculated using 7-percent and 3- percent discount rates. 
TABLE V.46—E STIMATES OF PRESENT VALUE OF NO XEMISSIONS REDUCTION FOR COOLERS  
TSL * Million 2015$ 
3% discount 
rate 7% discount 
rate 
Power Sector Emissions 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 133.86 54.53 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 191.46 84.35 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 217.63 88.51 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 237.63 96.02 
Upstream Emissions 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 95.75 38.02 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 134.60 57.52 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 155.70 61.73 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 170.25 67.08 
Total FFC Emissions 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 229.60 92.55 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 326.06 141.86 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 373.33 150.23 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 407.87 163.10 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
TABLE V.47—E STIMATES OF PRESENT VALUE OF NO XEMISSIONS REDUCTION FOR COMBINATION COOLER  
REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS  
TSL * Million 2015$ 
3% discount 
rate 7% discount 
rate 
Power Sector Emissions 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 0.11 0.05 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 0.84 0.33 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 1.40 0.55 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 1.82 0.72 
Upstream Emissions 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 0.07 0.03 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 0.60 0.23 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 1.01 0.39 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 1.31 0.50 
Total FFC Emissions 
1 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 0.18 0.08 
2 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 1.44 0.56 
3 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 2.40 0.94 
4 .............................................................................................................................. ................................................. 3.13 1.22 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275250 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
7. Other Factors 
The Secretary of Energy, in 
determining whether a standard is 
economically justified, may consider any other factors that the Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) In developing the direct final rule, DOE has considered the submission of the jointly-submitted Term Sheet #2 from the MREF Working Group and approved by ASRAC. In DOE’s view, Term Sheet #2 sets forth a statement by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of manufacturers of covered equipment, States, and efficiency advocates) and contains recommendations with respect 
to energy conservation standards that are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), as required by EPCA’s direct final rule provision. See 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). DOE has encouraged the submission of agreements such as the one developed and submitted by the MREF Working Group as a way to bring diverse stakeholders together, to develop an independent and probative analysis useful in DOE standard setting, and to expedite the rulemaking process. DOE also believes that standard levels recommended in Term Sheet #2 may increase the likelihood for regulatory compliance, while decreasing the risk of litigation. 
8. Summary of National Economic 
Impacts 
The NPV of the monetized benefits 
associated with emissions reductions can be viewed as a complement to the 
NPV of the consumer savings calculated for each TSL considered in this rulemaking. Table V.48 and Table V.49 present the NPV value that results from adding the estimates of the potential economic benefits resulting from reduced CO
2and NO Xemissions in each 
of four valuation scenarios to the NPV of consumer savings calculated for each TSL considered in this rulemaking for coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products, at both a 7- percent and 3-percent discount rate. The CO
2values used in the columns of each 
table correspond to the four sets of SCC values discussed above. 
TABLE V.48—N ETPRESENT VALUE OF CONSUMER SAVINGS COMBINED WITH PRESENT VALUE OF MONETIZED BENEFITS  
FROM CO 2ANDNO XEMISSIONS REDUCTIONS FOR COOLERS  
TSL * Billion 2015$ 
Consumer NPV at 3% discount rate added with: 
SCC Case 
$12.4/metric 
ton and 3% 
NO XValue SCC Case 
$40.6/metric 
ton and 3% 
NO XValue SCC Case 
$63.2/metric 
ton and 3% 
NO XValue SCC Case 
$118/metric 
ton and 3% 
NO XValue 
1 ....................................................................................................................... 9.0 10. 8 12.0 15.2 
2 ....................................................................................................................... 12.0 14 .4 16.2 20.6 
3 ....................................................................................................................... 13.3 16 .1 18.2 23.4 
4 ....................................................................................................................... 8.1 11. 1 13.4 19.1 
Billion 2015$ 
TSL * Consumer NPV at 7% discount rate added with: 
SCC Case 
$12.4/metric 
ton and 7% 
NO XValue SCC Case 
$40.6/metric 
ton and 7% 
NO XValue SCC Case 
$63.2/metric 
ton and 7% 
NO XValue SCC Case 
$118/metric 
ton and 7% 
NO XValue 
1 ....................................................................................................................... 4.0 5.7 7.0 10.2 
2 ....................................................................................................................... 5.6 8.0 9.7 14.2 
3 ....................................................................................................................... 5.7 8.5  10.6 15.8 
4 ....................................................................................................................... 2.8 5.9 8.2 13.9 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
TABLE V.49—N ETPRESENT VALUE OF CONSUMER SAVINGS COMBINED WITH PRESENT VALUE OF MONETIZED BENEFITS  
FROM CO 2ANDNO XEMISSIONS REDUCTIONS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS  
TSL * Billion 2015$ 
Consumer NPV at 3% discount rate added with: 
SCC Case 
$12.4/metric 
ton and 3% 
NO XValue SCC Case 
$40.6/metric 
ton and 3% 
NO XValue SCC Case 
$63.2/metric 
ton and 3% 
NO XValue SCC Case 
$118/metric 
ton and 3% 
NO XValue 
1 ....................................................................................................................... 0.005 0.006 0.007 0.010 
2 ....................................................................................................................... 0.039 0.050 0.058 0.078 
3 ....................................................................................................................... (0.050)  (0.032) (0.018) 0.016 
4 ....................................................................................................................... (0.132)  (0.108) (0.090) (0.046) 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 22:17 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00058 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275251 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
78The atmospheric lifetime of CO 2is estimated of 
the order of 30–95 years. Jacobson, MZ, ‘‘Correction 
to ‘Control of fossil-fuel particulate black carbon 
and organic matter, possibly the most effective method of slowing global warming,’ ’’ 110 J. 
Geophys. Res. D14105 (2005). 79P.C. Reiss and M.W. White, Household 
Electricity Demand, Revisited, Review of Economic Studies (2005) 72, 853–883. TABLE V.49—N ETPRESENT VALUE OF CONSUMER SAVINGS COMBINED WITH PRESENT VALUE OF MONETIZED BENEFITS  
FROM CO 2ANDNO XEMISSIONS REDUCTIONS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS —C ONTINUED  
TSL * Billion 2015$ 
Consumer NPV at 7% discount rate added with: 
SCC Case 
$12.4/metric 
ton and 7% 
NO XValue SCC Case 
$40.6/metric 
ton and 7% 
NO XValue SCC Case 
$63.2/metric 
ton and 7% 
NO XValue SCC Case 
$118/metric 
ton and 7% 
NO XValue 
1 ....................................................................................................................... 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.007 
2 ....................................................................................................................... 0.015 0.025 0.034 0.054 
3 ....................................................................................................................... (0.036)  (0.018) (0.004) 0.029 
4 ....................................................................................................................... (0.083)  (0.059) (0.041) 0.003 
Parentheses indicate negative (¥) values. 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
In considering the above results, two 
issues are relevant. First, the national 
operating cost savings are domestic U.S. monetary savings that occur as a result of market transactions, while the value of CO
2reductions is based on a global 
value. Second, the assessments of operating cost savings and the SCC are performed with different methods that use different time frames for analysis. The national operating cost savings is measured for the lifetime of products shipped in the applicable analysis period. Because CO
2emissions have a 
very long residence time in the atmosphere,
78the SCC values in future 
years reflect future climate-related impacts that continue beyond 2100. 
9. Conclusion 
When considering standards, the new 
or amended energy conservation 
standards that DOE adopts for any type (or class) of covered product must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that the Secretary determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) In determining whether a standard is economically justified, the Secretary must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens by, to the greatest extent practicable, considering the seven statutory factors discussed previously. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)). The new or amended standard must also result in significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) 
For this direct final rule, DOE 
considered the impacts of new standards for MREFs at each TSL, beginning with the maximum technologically feasible level, to 
determine whether that level was economically justified. Where the max- tech level was not justified, DOE then considered the next most efficient level and undertook the same evaluation until it reached the highest efficiency level that is both technologically feasible and economically justified and saves a significant amount of energy. 
To aid the reader as DOE discusses 
the benefits and/or burdens of each TSL, tables in this section present a summary of the results of DOE’s quantitative analysis for each TSL. In addition to the quantitative results presented in the tables, DOE also considers other burdens and benefits that affect economic justification. 
DOE also notes that the economics 
literature provides a wide-ranging 
discussion of how consumers trade off upfront costs and energy savings in the absence of government intervention. Much of this literature attempts to explain why consumers appear to undervalue energy efficiency improvements. There is evidence that consumers undervalue future energy savings as a result of: (1) A lack of information; (2) a lack of sufficient salience of the long-term or aggregate benefits; (3) a lack of sufficient savings to warrant delaying or altering purchases; (4) excessive focus on the short term, in the form of inconsistent weighting of future energy cost savings relative to available returns on other investments; (5) computational or other difficulties associated with the evaluation of relevant tradeoffs; and (6) a divergence in incentives (for example, between renters and owners, or builders and purchasers). Having less than perfect foresight and a high degree of uncertainty about the future, consumers may trade off these types of investments at a higher than expected rate between current consumption and uncertain 
future energy cost savings. 
In DOE’s current regulatory analysis, 
potential changes in the benefits and costs of a regulation due to changes in consumer purchase decisions are included in two ways. First, if consumers forego the purchase of a product in the standards case, this decreases sales for product manufacturers, and the impact on manufacturers attributed to lost revenue is included in the MIA. Second, DOE accounts for energy savings attributable only to products actually used by 
consumers in the standards case; if a regulatory option decreases the number of products purchased by consumers, this decreases the potential energy savings from an energy conservation standard. DOE provides estimates of shipments and changes in the volume of product purchases in chapter 9 of the direct final rule TSD. However, DOE’s current analysis does not explicitly control for heterogeneity in consumer preferences, preferences across subcategories of products or specific features, or consumer price sensitivity variation according to household income.
79 
While DOE is not prepared at present 
to provide a fuller quantifiable framework for estimating the benefits and costs of changes in consumer purchase decisions due to an energy conservation standard, DOE is committed to developing a framework that can support empirical quantitative tools for improved assessment of the consumer welfare impacts of appliance standards. DOE has posted a paper that discusses the issue of consumer welfare impacts of appliance energy conservation standards, and potential enhancements to the methodology by 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 22:17 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275252 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
80Alan Sanstad, Notes on the Economics of 
Household Energy Consumption and Technology Choice. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory 
(2010) (Available online at: http://www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_
standards/pdfs/consumer_ ee_theory.pdf). which these impacts are defined and 
estimated in the regulatory process.80 
DOE welcomes comments on how to more fully assess the potential impact of energy conservation standards on consumer choice and how to quantify this impact in its regulatory analysis in future rulemakings. a. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs 
Considered for Coolers 
Table V.50 and Table V.51 summarize 
the quantitative impacts estimated for each TSL for coolers. The national impacts are measured over the lifetime of coolers purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with new standards 
(2019–2048 for TSL 2, and 2021–2050 for the other TSLs). The energy savings, emissions reductions, and value of emissions reductions refer to full-fuel- cycle results. The efficiency levels contained in each TSL are described in section V.A of this document. 
TABLE V.50—S UMMARY OF ANALYTICAL RESULTS FOR COOLERS : NATIONAL IMPACTS  
Category TSL 1 * TSL 2 * TSL 3 * TSL 4 * 
Cumulative FFC National Energy Savings (quads) 
Quads ........................................................................................... 1.13 .................... 1.51 .................... 1.84 .................... 2.02. 
NPV of Consumer Costs and Benefits (2015$ billion) 
3% discount rate ........................................................................... 8.34 .................... 11.02 ....... ........... 12.19 .................. 6.83. 
7% discount rate ........................................................................... 3.41 .................... 4.78 ........ ............ 4.81 .................... 1.81. 
Cumulative FFC Emissions Reduction (Total FFC Emissions) 
CO 2(million metric tons) .............................................................. 67.91 .................. 91.76 .................. 110.61 ................ 121.30. 
SO2(thousand tons) ..................................................................... 39.38 .................. 54.04 .................. 64.13 .................. 70.26. 
NO X(thousand tons) .................................................................... 122.38 ................ 163.86 ................ 199.36 ................ 218.79. 
Hg (tons) ....................................................................................... 0.15 .................... 0.20 .................... 0.24 .................... 0.26. 
CH4(thousand tons) ..................................................................... 291.14 ................ 387.12 ................ 474.33 ................ 520.85. 
CH4(thousand tons CO 2eq) ** ..................................................... 8151.79 .............. 10839.31 ............ 13281.37 ............ 14583.83. 
N2O (thousand tons) ..................................................................... 0.82 .................... 1.12 .................... 1.33 .................... 1.46. 
N2O (thousand tons CO 2eq) ** ..................................................... 217.02 ................ 296.92 ................ 353.41 ................ 387.24. 
Value of Emissions Reduction (Total FFC Emissions) 
CO 2(2015$ billion) † .................................................................... 0.478 to 6.673 .... 0.679 to 9.266 .... 0.777 to 10.856 .. 0.849 to 11.882. 
NO X—3% discount rate (2015$ million) ....................................... 229.6 to 523.5 .... 326.1 to 743.4 .... 373.3 to 851.2 .... 407.9 to 929.9. 
NO X—7% discount rate (2015$ million) ....................................... 92.5 to 208.7 ...... 141.9 to 319.9 .... 150.2 to 338.7 .... 163.1 to 367.8. 
Parentheses indicate negative (¥) values. 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
** CO 2eq is the quantity of CO 2that would have the same global warming potential (GWP). 
† Range of the economic value of CO 2reductions is based on estimates of the global benefit of reduced CO 2emissions. 
TABLE V.51—S UMMARY OF ANALYTICAL RESULTS FOR COOLERS : MANUFACTURER AND CONSUMER IMPACTS  
Category TSL 1 * TSL 2 * TSL 3 * TSL 4 * 
Manufacturer Impacts 
Industry NPV (2015$ million) (No-new-standards case INPV = 
263.3).244.3 to 264.0 .... 208.5 to 253.3 .... 168.4 to 226.5 .... 110.5 to 283.8. 
Industry NPV (% change) ............................................................. ¥7.2 to 0.3 ........ ¥20.8 to ¥3.8 ... ¥36.0 to ¥14.0 ¥58.0 to 7.8. 
Consumer Average LCC Savings (2015$) 
Freestanding Compact Coolers .................................................... 279 ..................... 265 .................... . 288 ..................... 123. 
Built-in Compact Coolers .............................................................. n.a. ** .................. 28 ............... ........ 60 ....................... (230). 
Freestanding Coolers ................................................................... 648 ..................... 153 ............. ........ 240 ..................... (121). 
Built-in Coolers ............................................................................. n.a. ..................... 77 ....... ................ 187 ..................... (254). 
Consumer Simple PBP (years) 
Freestanding Compact Coolers .................................................... 1.1 ...................... 1.4 ................... ... 1.6 ...................... 3.5. 
Built-in Compact Coolers .............................................................. n.a. ..................... 4.6 ............. ......... 4.4 ...................... 14.8. 
Freestanding Coolers ................................................................... 1.0 ...................... 1.8 ............ .......... 1.8 ...................... 4.8. 
Built-in Coolers ............................................................................. n.a. ..................... 6.1 ...... ................ 4.7 ...................... 17.7. 
% of Consumers that Experience Net Cost 
Freestanding Compact Coolers .................................................... 6 ......................... 9 .................... ..... 12 ....................... 51. 
Built-in Compact Coolers .............................................................. 0 ......................... 29 ............. .......... 27 ....................... 93. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275253 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
TABLE V.51—S UMMARY OF ANALYTICAL RESULTS FOR COOLERS : MANUFACTURER AND CONSUMER IMPACTS —Continued 
Category TSL 1 * TSL 2 * TSL 3 * TSL 4 * 
Freestanding Coolers ................................................................... 0 ......................... 22 ............ ........... 9 ......................... 78. 
Built-in Coolers ............................................................................. 0 ......................... 22 ...... ................. 7 ......................... 86. 
Parentheses indicate negative (¥) values. 
* For TSL 2, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
** Calculation of savings and PBP is not applicable (n.a.) for an efficiency level that is already met or exceeded in the MREF m arket. 
DOE first considered TSL 4, which 
represents the max-tech efficiency 
levels. TSL 4 would save 2.02 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 4, the NPV of consumer benefit would be $1.81 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $6.83 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent. 
The cumulative emissions reductions 
at TSL 4 are 121.3 Mt of CO
2, 70.3 
thousand tons of SO 2, 218.8 thousand 
tons of NO X, 0.26 ton of Hg, 520.9 
thousand tons of CH 4,and 1.5 thousand 
tons of N 2O. The estimated monetary 
value of the CO 2emissions reduction at 
TSL 4 ranges from $849 million to $11,882 million. 
At TSL 4, the average LCC savings 
range from ¥$254 to $123. The simple payback period ranges from 3.5 years to 17.7 years. The fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost ranges from 51 percent to 93 percent. 
At TSL 4, the projected change in 
INPV ranges from a decrease of $152.8 million to an increase of $20.5 million, which correspond to a decrease of 58.0 percent to an increase of 7.8 percent, respectively. Manufacturer feedback during confidential interviews indicated that all cooler segments are highly price sensitive, and therefore the lower bound of INPV impacts is more likely to occur. Additionally, at TSL 4, disproportionate impacts on the LVMs may be severe. This could have a direct impact on domestic manufacturing capacity and production employment in the cooler industry. 
The Secretary concludes that at TSL 
4 for coolers, the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the economic burden on some consumers, and the impacts on manufacturers, including the conversion costs and profit margin impacts that could result in a large reduction in INPV. Consequently, the Secretary has concluded that TSL 4 is not economically justified. 
DOE then considered TSL 3, which 
would save an estimated 1.84 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 3, the NPV of consumer benefit would be $4.81 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $12.19 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent. 
The cumulative emissions reductions 
at TSL 3 are 110.6 Mt of CO
2, 64.1 
thousand tons of SO 2, 199.4 thousand 
tons of NO X, 0.24 tons of Hg, 474.3 
thousand tons of CH 4,and 1.33 
thousand tons of N 2O. The estimated 
monetary value of the CO 2emissions 
reduction at TSL 3 ranges from $777 million to $10,856 million. 
At TSL 3, the average LCC savings 
range from $60 to $288. The simple payback period ranges from 1.6 years to 4.7 years. The fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost ranges from 7 percent to 27 percent. 
At TSL 3, the projected change in 
INPV ranges from a decrease of $94.8 million to a decrease of $36.8 million, which correspond to decreases of 36.0 percent and 14.0 percent, respectively. Manufacturer feedback from confidential interviews indicated that all cooler segments are highly price sensitive, and therefore the lower bound of INPV impacts is more likely to occur. Again, at TSL 3, disproportionate impacts on the LVMs may be severe. This could have a direct impact on domestic manufacturing capacity and production employment in the cooler industry. 
The Secretary concludes that at TSL 
3 for coolers, the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the impacts on manufacturers, including the conversion costs and profit margin impacts that could result in a large reduction in INPV. Consequently, the Secretary has concluded that TSL 3 is not economically justified. 
DOE then considered TSL 2, which 
reflects the standard levels recommended by the MREF Working Group. TSL 2 would save an estimated 1.51 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 2, the NPV of consumer benefit would be $4.78 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $11.02 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent. 
The cumulative emissions reductions 
at TSL 2 are 91.8 Mt of CO
2, 54.0 
thousand tons of SO 2, 163.9 thousand 
tons of NO X, 0.20 tons of Hg, 387.1 
thousand tons of CH 4,and 1.12 
thousand tons of N 2O. The estimated 
monetary value of the CO 2emissions 
reduction at TSL 2 ranges from $679 million to $9,266 million. 
At TSL 2, the average LCC savings 
range from $28 to $265. The simple payback period ranges from 1.4 years to 6.1 years. The fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost ranges from 9 percent to 29 percent. 
At TSL 2, the projected change in 
INPV ranges from a decrease of $54.8 million to a decrease of $10.0 million, which represent decreases of 20.8 percent and 3.8 percent, respectively. Feedback from the LVMs indicated that TSL 2 would not impede their ability to maintain their current MREF product offerings. 
After considering the analysis and 
weighing the benefits and burdens, DOE has determined that the recommended standards for coolers are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). Specifically, the Secretary has determined the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission reductions, the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions, and positive average LCC savings would outweigh the negative impacts on some consumers and on manufacturers, including the conversion costs that could result in a reduction in INPV for manufacturers. Accordingly, the Secretary has concluded that TSL 2 would offer the maximum improvement in efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified, and would result in the significant conservation of energy. 
Under the authority provided by 42 
U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing this direct final rule that establishes new energy conservation standards for coolers at TSL 2. The new energy conservation standards for coolers, which are expressed as maximum annual energy use, in kWh/yr, as a 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275254 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
function of AV, in ft3, are shown in 
Table V.52. 
TABLE V.52—N EWENERGY CONSERVATION STANDARDS FOR COOLERS  
Product class Maximum 
allowable AEU 
(kWh/yr) 
Built-in Compact ........................................................................................................................................................................... 7.88AV † + 155.8 
Built-in.
Freestanding Compact.
Freestanding.
† AV = Adjusted volume, in ft3, as calculated according to title 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix A. 
b. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs 
Considered for Combination Cooler Refrigeration Products 
Table V.53 and Table V.54 summarize 
the quantitative impacts estimated for 
each TSL for combination cooler refrigeration products. The national 
impacts are measured over the lifetime of products purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with new standards (2019–2048 for TSL 1, and 2021–2050 for the other TSLs). The energy savings, emissions reductions, and value of emissions reductions refer to FFC results. The efficiency levels contained in each TSL are described in section V.A of this document. 
TABLE V.53—S UMMARY OF ANALYTICAL RESULTS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCT TSL S: NATIONAL  
IMPACTS  
Category TSL 1 * TSL 2 * TSL 3 * TSL 4 * 
Cumulative FFC National Energy Savings (quads) 
Quads ........................................................................................... 0.00084 .............. 0.007 .................. 0.012 .................. 0.016. 
NPV of Consumer Costs and Benefits (2015$ billion) 
3% discount rate ........................................................................... 0.0045 ................ 0.035 ......... ......... (0.06) .................. (0.14). 
7% discount rate ........................................................................... 0.0017 ................ 0.011 ......... ......... (0.04) .................. (0.09). 
Cumulative FFC Emissions Reduction (Total FFC Emissions) 
CO 2(million metric tons) .............................................................. 0.05 .................... 0.44 ................ .... 0.73 .................... 0.96. 
SO2(thousand tons) ..................................................................... 0.03 .................... 0.25 ............... ..... 0.42 .................... 0.55. 
NO X(thousand tons) .................................................................... 0.09 .................... 0.80 ................ .... 1.32 .................... 1.73. 
Hg (tons) ....................................................................................... 0.00 .................... 0.00 ... ................. 0.00 .................... 0.00. 
CH4(thousand tons) ..................................................................... 0.21 .................... 1.90 ............... ..... 3.16 .................... 4.13. 
CH4(thousand tons CO 2eq) ** ..................................................... 6.02 .................... 53.24 .................. 88.46 .................. 115.75. 
N2O (thousand tons) ..................................................................... 0.00 .................... 0.01 ............. ....... 0.01 .................... 0.01. 
N2O (thousand tons CO 2eq) ** ..................................................... 0.16 .................... 1.40 .................... 2.34 .................... 3.05. 
Value of Emissions Reduction (Total FFC Emissions) 
CO 2(2015$ billion) † .................................................................... 0.000 to 0.005 .... 0.003 to 0.042 .... 0.005 to 0.071 .... 0.007 to 0.092. 
NO X—3% discount rate (2015$ million) ....................................... 0.2 to 0.4 ............ 1.4 to 3.3 ............ 2.4 to 5.5 ............ 3.1 to 7.1. 
NO X—7% discount rate (2015$ million) ....................................... 0.1 to 0.2 ............ 0.6 to 1.3 ............ 0.9 to 2.1 ............ 1.2 to 2.7. 
Parentheses indicate negative (¥) values. 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
** CO 2eq is the quantity of CO 2that would have the same global warming potential (GWP). 
† Range of the economic value of CO 2reductions is based on estimates of the global benefit of reduced CO 2emissions. 
TABLE V.54—S UMMARY OF ANALYTICAL RESULTS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCT TSL S: 
MANUFACTURER AND CONSUMER IMPACTS  
Category TSL 1 * TSL 2 * TSL 3 * TSL 4 * 
Manufacturer Impacts 
Industry NPV (2015$ million) (No-new-standards case INPV = 
108.2).107.4 to 107.6 .... 103.7 to 107.5 .... 101.6 to 117.7 .... 100.1 to 128.5. 
Industry NPV (% change) ............................................................. ¥0.7 to ¥0.5 ..... ¥4.1 to ¥0.6 ..... ¥6.0 to 8.9 ........ ¥7.5 to 18.8. 
Consumer Average LCC Savings (2015$) 
C–3A ............................................................................................. n.a. ** .................. 58 ....................... 53 ....................... (209). 
C–3A–BI ........................................................................................ n.a. ..................... 66 ....................... 59 ....................... (237). 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275255 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
TABLE V.54—S UMMARY OF ANALYTICAL RESULTS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCT TSL S: 
MANUFACTURER AND CONSUMER IMPACTS —Continued 
Category TSL 1 * TSL 2 * TSL 3 * TSL 4 * 
C–9 ............................................................................................... n.a. ..................... 89 ....................... 3 ......................... (182). 
C–9–BI .......................................................................................... n.a. ..................... 102 ..................... 4 ......................... (205). 
C–13A ........................................................................................... 32 ....................... 17 ....................... (123) ................... (194). 
C–13A–BI ...................................................................................... n.a. ..................... 8 ......................... (151) ................... (232). 
Consumer Simple PBP (years) 
C–3A ............................................................................................. n.a. ..................... 4.1 ...................... 6.8 ...................... 25.3. 
C–3A–BI ........................................................................................ n.a. ..................... 4.1 ...................... 6.8 ...................... 25.4. 
C–9 ............................................................................................... n.a. ..................... 2.6 ...................... 12.1 .................... 23.3. 
C–9–BI .......................................................................................... n.a. ..................... 2.6 ...................... 12.0 .................... 23.2. 
C–13A ........................................................................................... 4.3 ...................... 5.0 ...................... 13.3 .................... 16.0. 
C–13A–BI ...................................................................................... n.a. ..................... 6.5 ...................... 21.6 .................... 24.6. 
% of Consumers that Experience Net Cost 
C–3A ............................................................................................. 0 ......................... 4 ......................... 26 ....................... 92. 
C–3A–BI ........................................................................................ 0 ......................... 4 ......................... 26 ....................... 92. 
C–9 ............................................................................................... 0 ......................... 0 ......................... 62 ....................... 90. 
C–9–BI .......................................................................................... 0 ......................... 0 ......................... 63 ....................... 90. 
C–13A ........................................................................................... 6 ......................... 44 ....................... 94 ....................... 96. 
C–13A–BI ...................................................................................... 0 ......................... 49 ....................... 97 ....................... 98. 
Parentheses indicate negative (¥) values. 
* For TSL 1, the results are forecasted over the lifetime of products sold from 2019–2048. For the other TSLs, the results are forecasted over 
the lifetime of products sold from 2021–2050. 
** Calculation of savings and PBP is not applicable (n.a.) for an efficiency level that is already met or exceeded in the MREF m arket. 
DOE first considered TSL 4, which 
represents the max-tech efficiency 
levels. TSL 4 would save 0.016 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 4, the NPV of consumer benefit would be ¥$0.09 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and ¥$0.14 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent. 
The cumulative emissions reductions 
at TSL 4 are 0.96 Mt of CO
2, 0.55 
thousand tons of SO 2, 1.73 thousand 
tons of NO X, 0.0 ton of Hg, 4.13 
thousand tons of CH 4,and 0.01 
thousand tons of N 2O. The estimated 
monetary value of the CO 2emissions 
reduction at TSL 4 ranges from $7 million to $92 million. 
At TSL 4, the average LCC savings 
range from ¥$237 to ¥$182. The simple payback period ranges from 16.0 years to 25.4 years. The fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost ranges from 90 percent to 98 percent. 
At TSL 4, the projected change in 
INPV ranges from a decrease of $8.1 million to an increase of $20.3 million, which correspond to a decrease of 7.5 percent to an increase of 18.8 percent, respectively. Similar to coolers, manufacturer feedback from confidential interviews indicated that combination cooler refrigeration products are highly price sensitive, and therefore the lower bound of INPV impacts is more likely to occur. Additionally, in the context of new standards for coolers and other cumulative regulatory burdens, at TSL 4, disproportionate impacts on domestic LVMs of combination cooler refrigeration products may be severe. This could have a direct impact on the availability of certain niche combination cooler refrigeration products, as well as on competition, domestic manufacturing capacity, and production employment related to the combination cooler refrigeration product industry. 
The Secretary concludes that at TSL 
4 for combination cooler refrigeration products, the benefits of energy savings, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the negative NPV of consumer benefits, the economic burden on some consumers, and the disproportionate impacts on the LVMs, which could directly impact the availability of certain niche combination cooler products. Consequently, the Secretary has concluded that TSL 4 is not economically justified. 
DOE then considered TSL 3, which 
would save an estimated 0.012 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 3, the NPV of consumer benefit would be ¥$0.04 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and ¥$0.06 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent. 
The cumulative emissions reductions 
at TSL 3 are 0.73 Mt of CO
2, 0.42 
thousand tons of SO 2, 1.32 thousand 
tons of NO X, 0.00 tons of Hg, 3.16 
thousand tons of CH 4,and 0.01 thousand tons of N 2O. The estimated 
monetary value of the CO 2emissions 
reduction at TSL 3 ranges from $5 million to $71 million. 
At TSL 3, the average LCC savings 
range from ¥$151 to $59. The simple payback period ranges from 6.8 years to 21.6 years. The fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost ranges from 26 percent to 97 percent. 
At TSL 3, the projected change in 
INPV ranges from a decrease of $6.5 million to an increase of $9.6 million, which represent a decrease of 6.0 percent and an increase of 8.9 percent, respectively. Again, manufacturers indicated that combination cooler refrigeration products are highly price sensitive, and therefore the lower bound of INPV impacts is more likely to occur. In the context of new standards for coolers and other cumulative regulatory burdens, at TSL 3, disproportionate impacts on domestic LVMs of combination cooler refrigeration products may be severe. This could have a direct impact on the availability of certain niche combination cooler refrigeration products, as well as on competition, domestic manufacturing capacity and production employment related to the combination cooler refrigeration product industry. 
The Secretary concludes that at TSL 
3 for combination cooler refrigeration products, the benefits of energy savings, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275256 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
reductions would be outweighed by the 
negative NPV of consumer benefits and disproportionate impacts on the LVMs, which could directly impact the availability of certain niche combination cooler products. Consequently, the Secretary has concluded that TSL 3 is not economically justified. 
DOE then considered TSL 2, which 
reflects the efficiency levels with maximum consumer NPV at seven percent discount rate. TSL 2 would save an estimated 0.007 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 2, the NPV of consumer benefit would be $0.011 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $0.035 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent. 
The cumulative emissions reductions 
at TSL 2 are 0.44 Mt of CO
2, 0.25 
thousand tons of SO 2, 0.8 thousand tons 
of NO X, 0.00 tons of Hg, 1.90 thousand 
tons of CH 4,and 0.013 thousand tons of 
N2O. The estimated monetary value of 
the CO 2emissions reduction at TSL 2 
ranges from $3 million to $42 million. 
At TSL 2, the average LCC savings 
range from $8 to $102. The simple payback period ranges from 2.6 years to 6.5 years. The fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost ranges from zero percent to 49 percent. 
At TSL 2, the projected change in 
INPV ranges from a decrease of $4.4 million to a decrease of $0.6 million, which represent decreases of 4.1 percent and 0.6 percent, respectively. Again, in the context of new standards for coolers and other cumulative regulatory burdens, at TSL 2, disproportionate impacts on domestic LVMs may be severe. This could have a direct impact on the availability of certain niche combination cooler refrigeration products, as well as on competition, domestic manufacturing capacity and production employment related to the combination cooler refrigeration 
product industry. 
The Secretary concludes that at TSL 
2 for combination cooler refrigeration products, the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions would again be outweighed by the disproportionate impacts on the domestic LVMs, which could directly impact the availability of certain niche combination cooler products. Consequently, the Secretary has concluded that TSL 2 is not economically justified. 
DOE then considered TSL 1, which 
reflects the standard levels recommended by the MREF Working Group. TSL 1 would save an estimated 0.00084 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 1, the NPV of consumer benefit would be $0.0017 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $0.0045 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent. 
The cumulative emissions reductions 
at TSL 1 are 0.05 Mt of CO
2, 0.03 
thousand tons of SO 2, 0.09 thousand 
tons of NO X, 0.00 tons of Hg, 0.21 
thousand tons of CH 4,and 0.00 
thousand tons of N 2O. The estimated 
monetary value of the CO 2emissions 
reduction at TSL 1 ranges from $0 million to $5 million. 
At TSL 1, the combination cooler 
refrigeration products currently available on the market already meet or exceed the corresponding efficiency levels in all product classes except for 
C–13A. As a result, for five of the product classes, no consumers experience a net cost, and the LCC savings and simple payback period are not applicable. For product class C– 13A, the average LCC savings is $32, the simple payback period is 4.3 years, and the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 6 percent. At TSL 1, the projected change in 
INPV ranges from a decrease of $0.8 million to a decrease of $0.5 million, which represent decreases of 0.7 percent and 0.5 percent, respectively. DOE estimated that all combination cooler refrigeration products manufactured domestically by LVMs currently meet the standard levels corresponding to TSL 1. Therefore, at TSL 1, DOE believes that domestic manufacturers will continue to offer the same combination cooler refrigeration products as those they currently offer. 
After considering the analysis and 
weighing the benefits and burdens, DOE has determined that the recommended standards for combination cooler refrigeration products are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). Specifically, the Secretary has determined the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission reductions, the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions, and positive average LCC savings would outweigh the negative impacts on some consumers and on manufacturers, including the conversion costs that could result in a reduction in INPV for manufacturers. Accordingly, the Secretary has concluded that TSL 1 would offer the maximum improvement in efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified, and would result in the significant conservation of energy. 
Under the authority provided by 42 
U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing this direct final rule that establishes new energy conservation standards for combination cooler refrigeration products at TSL 1. The new energy conservation standards for combination cooler refrigeration products, which are expressed as maximum annual energy use, in kWh/yr, as a function of AV, in ft
3, are shown in Table V.55. 
TABLE V.55—N EWENERGY CONSERVATION STANDARDS FOR COMBINATION COOLER REFRIGERATION PRODUCTS  
Product class description Product class 
designation Maximum allow-
able AEU 
(kWh/yr) 
Cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ............................................................................................. C–3A ................ 4.57AV † + 130.4 
Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost .................................................................................. C–3A–BI ........... 5.19AV + 147.8 
Cooler with upright freezers with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ................................... C–9 ................... 5.58AV + 147.7 
Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ......................... C–9–BI ............. 6.38AV + 168.8 
Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker .......................................... C–9I .................. 5.58AV + 231.7 
Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker .............................. C–9I–BI ............ 6.38AV + 252.8 
Compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ............................................................................... C–13A .............. 5.93AV + 193.7 
Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ................................................................... C–13A–BI ......... 6.52AV + 213.1 
† AV = Adjusted volume, in ft3, as calculated according to title 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix A. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00064 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275257 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
81To convert the time-series of costs and benefits 
into annualized values, DOE calculated a present 
value in 2016, the year used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings. For the benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated with each year’s shipments in the year in which the shipments occur (2020, 2030, etc.), and then discounted the present value from each year to 
2016. The calculation uses discount rates of 3 and 7 percent for all costs and benefits except for the value of CO
2reductions, for which DOE used case- 
specific discount rates. Using the present value, DOE then calculated the fixed annual payment over a 30-year period, starting in the compliance year that yields the same present value. 
82DOE used a 3-percent discount rate because the 
SCC values for the series used in the calculation were derived using a 3-percent discount rate (see section IV.L of this document). c. Summary of Annualized Benefits and 
Costs of the Adopted Standards 
The benefits and costs of the adopted 
standards can also be expressed in terms 
of annualized values. The annualized net benefit is the sum of: (1) The annualized national economic value (expressed in 2015$) of the benefits from operating products that meet the adopted standards (consisting primarily of operating cost savings from using less energy, minus increases in product purchase costs, and (2) the annualized monetary value of the benefits of CO
2 
and NO Xemission reductions.81 Table V.56 shows the annualized 
values for MREFs under TSL 2 for 
coolers and TSL 1 for combination cooler refrigeration products, expressed in 2015$. The results under the primary estimate are as follows. Using a 7- percent discount rate for benefits and costs other than CO
2reduction, (for 
which DOE used a 3-percent discount rate along with the SCC series that has a value of $40.6/t in 2015),
82the 
estimated cost of the standards in this rule is $153 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $593 million in reduced equipment operating costs, $165 million in CO
2reductions, 
and $13.1 million in reduced NO X 
emissions. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $619 million per year. 
Using a 3-percent discount rate for all 
benefits and costs and the SCC series has a value of $40.6/t in 2015, the estimated cost of the standards is $157 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $754 million in reduced operating costs, $165 million in CO
2 
reductions, and $17.1 million in reduced NO
Xemissions. In this case, the 
net benefit amounts to $779 million per year. 
TABLE V.56—A NNUALIZED BENEFITS AND COSTS OF NEWSTANDARDS FOR MREF S* 
Discount rate 
(%) Million 2015$/year 
Primary estimate Low net benefits 
estimate High net benefits 
estimate 
Benefits 
Consumer Operating Cost Savings ....................................... 7 ................................
3 ................................593 .....................
754 .....................545 .....................686 .....................649. 839. 
CO 2Reduction (using mean SCC at 5% discount rate) ** ... 5 ................................ 49 ....................... 46 ................ ....... 53. 
CO 2Reduction (using mean SCC at 3% discount rate) ** ... 3 ................................ 165 ..................... 155 ................ ..... 179. 
CO 2Reduction (using mean SCC at 2.5% discount rate) ** 2.5 ............................. 242 ..................... 227 ................. .... 263. 
CO 2Reduction (using 95th percentile SCC at 3% discount 
rate) **.3 ................................ 502 ..................... 471 ..................... 546. 
NO XReduction Value † ......................................................... 7 ................................
3 ................................13.1 ....................17.7 ....................12.4 ....................16.6 ....................31.6. 43.6. 
Total Benefits †† ............................................................. 7% plus CO 2range ... 655 to 1,108 ....... 603 to 1,028 ....... 733 to 1,226. 
7 ................................ 771 ..................... 712 ..................... 860. 
3% plus CO 2range ... 820 to 1,273 ....... 748 to 1,173 ....... 935 to 1,428. 
3 ................................ 937 ..................... 857 ..................... 1,062. 
Costs 
Consumer Incremental Product Costs ††† ............................ 7 ................................
3 ................................153 .....................157 .....................145 .....................148 .....................118. 116. 
Net Benefits 
Total †† ........................................................................... 7% plus CO 2range ... 503 to 956 .......... 459 to 884 .......... 615 to 1,108. 
7 ................................ 619 ..................... 568 ..................... 742. 
3% plus CO 2range ... 663 to 1,116 ....... 601 to 1,026 ....... 819 to 1,312. 
3 ................................ 779 ..................... 709 ..................... 946. 
* This table presents the annualized costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped in 2019–2048. These results include benefits to con-
sumers which accrue after 2048 from the MREFs purchased from 2019–2048. The incremental installed costs include incremental equ ipment 
cost as well as installation costs. The CO 2reduction benefits are global benefits due to actions that occur nationally. The Primary, Low Benefits, 
and High Benefits Estimates utilize projections of energy prices and housing starts from the AEO 2015 Reference case, Low Economic Growth 
case, and High Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, incremental product costs reflect a constant price trend in the Primary Estimate 
and the Low Benefits Estimate, and a high decline rate in the High Benefits Estimate. The methods used to derive projected price trends are ex-plained in section IV.F of this document. Note that the Benefits and Costs may not sum to the Net Benefits due to rounding. 
** The CO
2reduction benefits are calculated using 4 different sets of SCC values. The first three use the average SCC calculated using 5% , 
3%, and 2.5% discount rates, respectively. The fourth represents the 95th percentile of the SCC distribution calculated using a 3% discount rate. The SCC values are emission year specific. See section IV.L.1 of this document for more details. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00065 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275258 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
† DOE estimated the monetized value of NO Xemissions reductions associated with electricity savings using benefit per ton estimates from the 
‘‘Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final Rule,’’ published in August 2015 by EPA’s Office of Air Quality Planning and Stand-
ards. (Available at www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis. ) See section IV.L of this document for 
further discussion. For the Primary Estimate and Low Net Benefits Estimate, DOE used a national benefit-per-ton estimate for NO Xemitted from 
the Electric Generating Unit sector based on an estimate of premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski et al. 2009). For DOE’s 
High Net Benefits Estimate, the benefit-per-ton estimates were based on the Six Cities study (Lepuele et al. 2011), which are nearly two-and-a- 
half times larger than those from the ACS study. 
†† Total Benefits for both the 3% and 7% cases are presented using only the average SCC with 3-percent discount rate. In the rows labeled 
‘‘7% plus CO 2range’’ and ‘‘3% plus CO 2range,’’ the operating cost and NO Xbenefits are calculated using the labeled discount rate, and those 
values are added to the full range of CO 2values. 
††† The value of consumer incremental product costs is lower in the low net benefits estimate than it is in the primary estimate because both 
estimates use the same price trend and there are fewer shipments in the low net benefits estimate. The value of consumer incremental product costs is lower in the high net benefits scenario than it is in the primary case because the high net benefits scenario uses a highly declining price trend that more than offsets the increase in shipments due to higher economic growth. 
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory 
Review 
A. Review Under Executive Orders 
12866 and 13563 
Section 1(b)(1) of Executive Order 
12866, ‘‘Regulatory Planning and Review,’’ 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993), requires each agency to identify the problem that it intends to address, including, where applicable, the failures of private markets or public institutions that warrant new agency action, as well as to assess the significance of that problem. The problems that the adopted standards for MREFs are intended to address are as follows: 
(1) Insufficient information and the 
high costs of gathering and analyzing relevant information leads some consumers to miss opportunities to make cost-effective investments in energy efficiency. 
(2) In some cases the benefits of more 
efficient equipment are not realized due to misaligned incentives between purchasers and users. An example of such a case is when the equipment purchase decision is made by a building contractor or building owner who does not pay the energy costs, which is likely to result in the least costly equipment being purchased rather than more efficient alternatives that would benefit 
the users of that equipment. 
(3) There are external benefits 
resulting from improved energy efficiency of MREFs that are not captured by the users of such equipment. These benefits include externalities related to public health, environmental protection and national energy security that are not reflected in energy prices, such as reduced emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases that impact human health and global warming. DOE attempts to qualify some of the external benefits through use of social cost of carbon values. 
The Administrator of the Office of 
Information and Regulatory Affairs (‘‘OIRA’’) in the OMB has determined that the proposed regulatory action is a significant regulatory action under section (3)(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, pursuant to section 6(a)(3)(B) of the Order, DOE has provided to OIRA: (i) The text of the draft regulatory action, together with a reasonably detailed description of the need for the regulatory action and an explanation of how the regulatory action will meet that need; and (ii) An assessment of the potential costs and benefits of the regulatory action, including an explanation of the manner in which the regulatory action is consistent with a statutory mandate. DOE has included these documents in the rulemaking record. 
In addition, the Administrator of 
OIRA has determined that the proposed regulatory action is an ‘‘economically’’ significant regulatory action under section (3)(f)(1) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, pursuant to section 6(a)(3)(C) of the Order, DOE has provided to OIRA an assessment, including the underlying analysis, of benefits and costs anticipated from the regulatory action, together with, to the extent feasible, a quantification of those costs; and an assessment, including the underlying analysis, of costs and benefits of potentially effective and reasonably feasible alternatives to the planned regulation, and an explanation of why the planned regulatory action is preferable to the identified potential alternatives. These assessments can be found in the technical support document for this rulemaking. 
DOE has also reviewed this regulation 
pursuant to Executive Order 13563, issued on January 18, 2011. 76 FR 3281 (January 21, 2011). Executive Order 13563 is supplemental to and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, agencies are required by Executive Order 13563 to: (1) Propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of compliance that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including providing economic incentives to encourage the desired behavior, such as user fees or marketable permits, or providing information upon which choices can be made by the public. 
DOE emphasizes as well that 
Executive Order 13563 requires agencies to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible. In its guidance, OIRA has emphasized that such techniques may include identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes. For the reasons stated in the preamble, DOE believes that this direct final rule is consistent with these principles, including the requirement that, to the extent permitted by law, benefits justify costs and that net benefits are maximized. 
B. Review Under the Regulatory 
Flexibility Act 
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 
U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires preparation 
of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (‘‘IRFA’’) for any rule that by law must be proposed for public comment and a final regulatory flexibility analysis (‘‘FRFA’’) for any such rule that an agency adopts as a final rule, unless the agency certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. A regulatory flexibility analysis examines the impact of the rule on small entities 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00066 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275259 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
83CEC. California Energy Commission Appliance 
Database. Last Accessed December 14, 2015. 
https://cacertappliances.energy.ca.gov/Pages/ 
ApplianceSearch.aspx. 
84NRCan. Natural Resources Canada EnerGuide. 
Last Accessed August 6, 2015. http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-lmp/ index.cfm?action=app.search- recherche&appliance=REFRIGERATORS. 
85Hoovers. www.hoovers.com/. and considers alternative ways of 
reducing negative effects. As required by Executive Order 13272, ‘‘Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking,’’ 67 FR 53461 (August 16, 2002), DOE published procedures and policies on February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of its rules on small entities are properly considered during the rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and policies available on the Office of the General Counsel’s Web site (http://energy.gov/ gc/office-general-counsel). DOE reviewed this direct final rule and corresponding NOPR (published elsewhere in this Federal Register) 
pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the procedures and policies discussed above. DOE has concluded that this rule would not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The factual basis for this certification is set forth below. DOE will consider any comments on the certification or economic impacts of the rule in determining whether to adopt the standards contained in this direct final rule. 
For manufacturers of MREFs, the SBA 
has set a size threshold, which defines those entities classified as ‘‘small businesses’’ for the purposes of the statute. Manufacturers of MREFs have primary NAICS codes of 335222, ‘‘Household Refrigerator and Home Freezer Manufacturing’’ and 333415, ‘‘Air-Conditioning and Warm Air Heating Equipment and Commercial and Industrial Refrigeration Equipment Manufacturing.’’ The SBA sets a threshold of 1,250 employees or less for an entity to be considered as a small business for both NAICS 335222 and NAICS 333415. 
DOE conducted a market survey using 
available public information to identify potential small manufacturers. DOE first attempted to identify all potential MREF manufacturers by researching the CEC
83 
and NRCan84product databases, 
individual company Web sites, market research tools (e.g., Hoovers reports
85), 
and information from the 2011 energy conservation standards rulemaking for residential refrigerators, refrigerator- freezers, and freezers. DOE also asked stakeholders and industry 
representatives during manufacturer interviews and at DOE public meetings if they were aware of any other small manufacturers. DOE reviewed publicly- available data and contacted select companies, as necessary, to determine whether they met the SBA’s definition of a small business manufacturer of covered MREFs. DOE screened out companies that do not offer products covered by this rulemaking, do not meet the definition of a ‘‘small business,’’ or are foreign-owned. 
The MREF industry in the United 
States is primarily an import industry. DOE estimated that less than 8 percent of coolers sold in the United States are produced domestically. The percentage of domestic production of the niche combination cooler refrigeration products is much larger (approximately 40 percent), although total shipments for the combination cooler refrigeration products segment equal only approximately 2 percent of cooler shipments in the United States. DOE estimates that there are approximately 48 entities involved in the sale and/or manufacture of MREFs sold in the U.S. market. Based on manufacturer interview feedback and publicly- available information, DOE determined that 46 of these entities either exceed the size thresholds defined by SBA or are completely foreign-owned and operated. DOE determined that the remaining two companies meet the SBA’s definition of a ‘‘small business.’’ 
One of the two small, domestic 
businesses selling MREFs in the United States, accounting for an estimated 1 percent of MREF shipments, does not manufacture any of the MREFs covered by this rulemaking but instead outsources the manufacture of them to foreign OEMs. Because this business does not manufacture MREFs, DOE believes that this company would incur no fixed capital costs related to new energy conservation standards for MREFs. However, this entity may incur costs related to testing, certification, and marketing in order to comply with the standards adopted in this direct final rule. As discussed in section VII.B of the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination, DOE assumes that existing cooler models that are being sold in the United States have already been tested according to test methods similar to those established in the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination and would require only an adjustment of the calculated energy use. Using the costs of adjusting calculated energy use outlined in section VII.B of the July 2016 Final 
Coverage Determination, as well as an estimate of $50,000 for updates to product literature and marketing 
materials as a result of new MREF standards, DOE conservatively estimates that the small importer may incur approximately $63,000 in product conversion costs in order to maintain its current MREF product offering. 81 FR at 46786–46787. DOE assumes these upfront costs will be spread over a 3- year period leading up to the compliance year. Accordingly, on an annual basis, the estimated upfront product conversion costs equate to less than 0.1 percent of this entity’s annual revenues. 
The second small, domestic business 
identified by DOE manufactures compact coolers. Based on DOE’s research, this manufacturer accounts for less than 1 percent of MREF market share in the United States. The models produced and sold by this manufacturer correspond with an estimated four unique platforms with associated efficiencies at or just below (less efficient than) the standard efficiency levels for coolers adopted in this direct final rule. DOE expects that this manufacturer will likely be able to comply with the standards adopted in this direct final rule by making component changes within its existing products (i.e., a more efficient 
compressor, improved glass, or targeted integration of VIPs). DOE, therefore, determined that this manufacturer would likely not incur fixed capital costs. DOE estimated that this small manufacturer may incur approximately $900,000 in upfront product conversion costs (related to research and development, testing, certification and marketing) in order to maintain its current product offering. DOE assumes these upfront costs will be spread over a 3-year period leading up to the compliance year. Accordingly, on an annual basis, the estimated upfront product conversion costs equate to roughly 8 percent of this manufacturer’s annual revenues from its U.S. sales of MREFs. Overall annual sales figures for this manufacturer are not publicly- available. However, this manufacturer’s product line also includes commercial bar and beverage equipment. 
As discussed above, although the 
small manufacturer and small importer will incur some costs related to compliance with new MREF standards, the costs to these entities represent a small portion of their annual revenues. For this reason, DOE certifies that the standards for MREFs set forth in this direct final rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 
Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a regulatory flexibility analysis for this 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00067 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275260 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
rulemaking. DOE will transmit this 
certification to the SBA as required by 5 U.S.C. 605(b). 
C. Review Under the Paperwork 
Reduction Act 
DOE has determined that MREFs are 
a covered product under EPCA. 81 FR 46768 (July 18, 2016). Because MREFs are a covered product, manufacturers would need to certify to DOE that their products comply with any applicable energy conservation standards. In certifying compliance, manufacturers must test their products according to the DOE test procedures for MREFs, including any amendments adopted for those test procedures. DOE has established regulations for the certification and recordkeeping requirements for all covered consumer products and commercial equipment, including MREFs. See generally 10 CFR part 429. The collection-of-information requirement for the certification and recordkeeping is subject to review and approval by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (‘‘PRA’’). This requirement has been approved by OMB under OMB control number 1910–1400. Public reporting burden for the certification is estimated to average 30 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and 
completing and reviewing the collection of information. 
Notwithstanding any other provision 
of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. 
D. Review Under the National 
Environmental Policy Act of 1969 
Pursuant to the National 
Environmental Policy Act (‘‘NEPA’’) of 1969, DOE has determined that the rule fits within the category of actions included in Categorical Exclusion (‘‘CX’’) B5.1 and otherwise meets the requirements for application of a CX. See 10 CFR part 1021, app. B, B5.1(b); 1021.410(b) and app. B, B(1)–(5). The rule fits within this category of actions because it is a rulemaking that establishes energy conservation standards for consumer products or industrial equipment, and for which none of the exceptions identified in CX B5.1(b) apply. Therefore, DOE has made a CX determination for this rulemaking, and DOE does not need to prepare an Environmental Assessment or Environmental Impact Statement for this direct final rule. DOE’s CX 
determination for this direct final rule is available at http://energy.gov/nepa/ categorical-exclusion-cx- determinations-cx. 
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 
Executive Order 13132, ‘‘Federalism.’’ 
64 FR 43255 (Aug. 10, 1999) imposes 
certain requirements on Federal agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have Federalism implications. The Executive Order requires agencies to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive Order also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have Federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the development of such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE has examined this direct final rule and has determined that it would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. EPCA governs and prescribes Federal preemption of State regulations as to energy conservation for the products that are the subject of this direct final rule. States can petition DOE for exemption from such preemption to 
the extent, and based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6297) Therefore, no further action is required by Executive Order 13132. 
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 
With respect to the review of existing 
regulations and the promulgation of 
new regulations, section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, ‘‘Civil Justice Reform,’’ imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write regulations to minimize litigation; (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard; and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. 61 FR 4729 (February 7, 1996). Regarding the review required by section 3(a), section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly 
specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; and (6) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, this direct final rule meets the relevant standards of Executive Order 12988. 
G. Review Under the Unfunded 
Mandates Reform Act of 1995 
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates 
Reform Act of 1995 (‘‘UMRA’’) requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the private sector. Public Law 104–4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year (adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers of State, local, and Tribal governments on a ‘‘significant intergovernmental mandate,’’ and requires an agency plan for giving notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small governments before establishing any requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE published a statement of policy on its process for 
intergovernmental consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE’s policy statement is also available at http://energy.gov/sites/prod/files/gcprod/ documents/umra_ 97.pdf. 
DOE reviewed this rule and 
determined that it does not contain a Federal intergovernmental mandate, nor is it expected to require expenditures of $100 million or more in any one year by the private sector. As a result, no further assessment or analysis is required under UMRA. 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00068 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275261 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
H. Review Under the Treasury and 
General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 
Section 654 of the Treasury and 
General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105–277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any rule that may affect family well-being. This direct final rule will not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment. 
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 
Pursuant to Executive Order 12630, 
‘‘Governmental Actions and Interference 
with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights’’ 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988), DOE has determined that this direct final rule will not result in any takings that might require compensation under the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. 
J. Review Under the Treasury and 
General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 
Section 515 of the Treasury and 
General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) provides for Federal agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under information quality guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB’s guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE’s guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed this direct final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines. 
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 
Executive Order 13211, ‘‘Actions 
Concerning Regulations That 
Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,’’ 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A ‘‘significant energy action’’ is defined as any action by an agency that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that: (1) Is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse 
effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use. 
DOE has concluded that this 
regulatory action, which sets forth new energy conservation standards for MREFs, is not a significant energy action because the standards are not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, nor has it been designated as such by the Administrator at OIRA. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects on this direct final rule. 
L. Review Under the Information 
Quality Bulletin for Peer Review 
On December 16, 2004, OMB, in 
consultation with the Office of Science and Technology Policy, issued its Final Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (the Bulletin). 70 FR 2664 (January 14, 2005). The Bulletin establishes that certain scientific information shall be peer reviewed by qualified specialists before it is disseminated by the Federal Government, including influential scientific information related to agency regulatory actions. The purpose of the bulletin is to enhance the quality and credibility of the Government’s scientific information. Under the Bulletin, the energy conservation standards rulemaking analyses are ‘‘influential scientific information,’’ which the Bulletin defines as ‘‘scientific information the agency reasonably can determine will have, or does have, a clear and substantial impact on important public policies or private sector decisions.’’ Id at FR 2667. 
In response to OMB’s Bulletin, DOE 
conducted formal in-progress peer reviews of the energy conservation standards development process and analyses and has prepared a Peer Review Report pertaining to the energy conservation standards rulemaking analyses. Generation of this report involved a rigorous, formal, and documented evaluation using objective criteria and qualified and independent reviewers to make a judgment as to the technical/scientific/business merit, the actual or anticipated results, and the productivity and management effectiveness of programs and/or projects. The ‘‘Energy Conservation Standards Rulemaking Peer Review Report’’ dated February 2007 has been disseminated and is available at the following Web site: www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/ appliance_ standards/peer_ review.html. M. Congressional Notification 
As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will 
report to Congress on the promulgation of this rule prior to its effective date. The report will state that it has been determined that the direct final rule is a ‘‘major rule’’ as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2). 
VII. Public Participation 
DOE will accept comments, data, and 
information regarding this rule until the 
date provided in the 
DATES section at the 
beginning of this rule. Interested parties may submit comments, data, and other information using any of the methods described in the 
ADDRESSES section at 
the beginning of this rule. 
DOE welcomes comments on any 
aspect of the analysis as described in this direct final rule. DOE is also interested in receiving comments and views of interested parties concerning the following issues: 
1. Whether the standards outlined in 
this rulemaking would result in any lessening of utility for MREFs, including whether certain features would be eliminated from these products. See sections III.H.1.d and IV.2 of this rule. 
2. The incremental manufacturer 
production costs DOE estimated at each efficiency level. See section IV.C of this rule. 
3. DOE’s method to estimate MREF 
shipments under the no-new-standards case and under potential energy conservation standards levels. See section IV.G of this rule. 
4. The assumption that installation, 
maintenance, and repair costs do not vary for MREFs at higher efficiency levels. See section IV.F of this rule. 
5. The manufacturer conversion costs 
(both product and capital) used in DOE’s analysis. See section V.B.2.d this rule. 
6. The cumulative regulatory burden 
to MREF manufacturers associated with the standards in this direct final rule and on the approach DOE used in evaluating cumulative regulatory burden, including the timeframes and regulatory dates evaluated. See section V.B.2.e of this rule. 
Submitting comments via 
www.regulations.gov. The 
www.regulations.gov Web page will 
require you to provide your name and contact information. Your contact information will be viewable to DOE Building Technologies staff only. Your contact information will not be publicly viewable except for your first and last names, organization name (if any), and submitter representative name (if any). If your comment is not processed properly because of technical 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00069 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275262 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
difficulties, DOE will use this 
information to contact you. If DOE cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, DOE may not be able to consider your comment. 
However, your contact information 
will be publicly viewable if you include it in the comment itself or in any documents attached to your comment. Any information that you do not want to be publicly viewable should not be included in your comment, nor in any document attached to your comment. Otherwise, persons viewing comments will see only first and last names, organization names, correspondence containing comments, and any documents submitted with the comments. 
Do not submit to www.regulations.gov 
information for which disclosure is restricted by statute, such as trade secrets and commercial or financial information (hereinafter referred to as Confidential Business Information (CBI)). Comments submitted through www.regulations.gov cannot be claimed 
as CBI. Comments received through the Web site will waive any CBI claims for the information submitted. For information on submitting CBI, see the Confidential Business Information section below. 
DOE processes submissions made 
through www.regulations.gov before 
posting. Normally, comments will be posted within a few days of being submitted. However, if large volumes of comments are being processed simultaneously, your comment may not be viewable for up to several weeks. Please keep the comment tracking number that www.regulations.gov provides after you have successfully uploaded your comment. 
Submitting comments via email, hand 
delivery/courier, or mail. Comments and documents submitted via email, hand delivery/courier, or mail also will be posted to www.regulations.gov. If you 
do not want your personal contact information to be publicly viewable, do not include it in your comment or any accompanying documents. Instead, provide your contact information in a cover letter. Include your first and last names, email address, telephone number, and optional mailing address. The cover letter will not be publicly viewable as long as it does not include any comments. 
Include contact information each time 
you submit comments, data, documents, 
and other information to DOE. If you submit via mail or hand delivery/ courier, please provide all items on a CD, if feasible, in which case it is not 
necessary to submit printed copies. No telefacsimiles (faxes) will be accepted. 
Comments, data, and other 
information submitted to DOE electronically should be provided in PDF (preferred), Microsoft Word or Excel, WordPerfect, or text (ASCII) file format. Provide documents that are not secured, that are written in English, and that are free of any defects or viruses. Documents should not contain special characters or any form of encryption and, if possible, they should carry the electronic signature of the author. 
Campaign form letters. Please submit 
campaign form letters by the originating organization in batches of between 50 to 500 form letters per PDF or as one form letter with a list of supporters’ names compiled into one or more PDFs. This reduces comment processing and posting time. 
Confidential Business Information. 
Pursuant to 10 CFR 1004.11, any person submitting information that he or she believes to be confidential and exempt by law from public disclosure should submit via email, postal mail, or hand delivery/courier two well-marked copies: One copy of the document marked ‘‘confidential’’ including all the information believed to be confidential, and one copy of the document marked ‘‘non-confidential’’ with the information believed to be confidential deleted. Submit these documents via email or on a CD, if feasible. DOE will make its own determination about the confidential status of the information and treat it according to its determination. 
Factors of interest to DOE when 
evaluating requests to treat submitted information as confidential include: (1) A description of the items; (2) whether and why such items are customarily treated as confidential within the industry; (3) whether the information is generally known by or available from other sources; (4) whether the information has previously been made available to others without obligation concerning its confidentiality; (5) an explanation of the competitive injury to the submitting person that would result from public disclosure; (6) when such information might lose its confidential character due to the passage of time; and (7) why disclosure of the information would be contrary to the public interest. 
It is DOE’s policy that all comments 
may be included in the public docket, without change and as received, 
including any personal information provided in the comments (except information deemed to be exempt from public disclosure). VIII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary 
The Secretary of Energy has approved 
publication of this direct final rule. 
List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 430 
Administrative practice and 
procedure, Confidential business 
information, Energy conservation, Household appliances, Imports, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses. 
Issued in Washington, DC, on October 4, 
2016. 
David J. Friedman, Acting Assistant Secretary, Energy Efficiency 
and Renewable Energy. 
For the reasons set forth in the 
preamble, DOE amends part 430 of 
chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below: 
PART 430—ENERGY CONSERVATION 
PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS 
■1. The authority citation for part 430 
continues to read as follows: 
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6309; 28 U.S.C. 
2461 note. 
■2. Amend § 430.32 by adding 
paragraph (aa) to read as follows: 
§ 430.32 Energy and water conservation 
standards and their compliance dates. 
* * * * * 
(aa) Miscellaneous refrigeration 
products. The energy standards as 
determined by the equations of the 
following table(s) shall be rounded off to the nearest kWh per year. If the equation calculation is halfway between the nearest two kWh per year values, the standard shall be rounded up to the higher of these values. 
(1) Coolers manufactured starting on 
October 28, 2019 shall have Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more than: 
Product class AEU (kWh/yr) 
1. Built-in compact ............. 7.88AV + 155.8 
2. Built-in 
3. Freestanding compact 
4. Freestanding 
AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in 
ft3, as calculated according to appendix A of 
subpart B of this part. 
(2) Combination cooler refrigeration 
products manufactured starting on October 28, 2019 shall have Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more than: 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00070 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES275263 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 209 / Friday, October 28, 2016 / Rules and Regulations 
Product class AEU (kWh/yr) 
C–3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ...................................................................................................................... 4.57AV + 130.4 
C–3A–BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ..................................................................................................... 5.19AV + 147.8 
C–9. Cooler with upright freezers with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker .............................................................. 5.58AV + 147.7 
C–9–BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ............................................... 6.38AV + 168.8 
C–9I. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker ................................................................... 5.58AV + 231.7 
C–9I–BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker ................................................... 6.38AV + 252.8 
C–13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ..................................................................................................... 5.93AV + 193.7 
C–13A–BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost .................................................................................... 6.52AV + 213.1 
AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as calculated according to appendix A of subpart B of this part. 
[FR Doc. 2016–24759 Filed 10–27–16; 8:45 am] 
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P 
VerDate Sep<11>2014 21:55 Oct 27, 2016 Jkt 241001 PO 00000 Frm 00071 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 9990 E:\FR\FM\28OCR2.SGM 28OCR2mstockstill on DSK3G9T082PROD with RULES2